Search

Home

Sort by

Full Search
Definition
Symbol
File Path
History
Type

In Project(s)

Searched +hist:3 +hist:bd858ab (Results 1 - 19 of 19) sorted by relevance

/linux-master/fs/jfs/
H A D	ioctl.c	diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 3bd858ab Tue Jul 17 03:30:08 MDT 2007 Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check Introduce is_owner_or_cap() macro in fs.h, and convert over relevant users to it. This is done because we want to avoid bugs in the future where we check for only effective fsuid of the current task against a file's owning uid, without simultaneously checking for CAP_FOWNER as well, thus violating its semantics. [ XFS uses special macros and structures, and in general looked ... untouchable, so we leave it alone -- but it has been looked over. ] The (current->fsuid != inode->i_uid) check in generic_permission() and exec_permission_lite() is left alone, because those operations are covered by CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE and CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH. Similarly operations falling under the purview of CAP_CHOWN and CAP_LEASE are also left alone. Signed-off-by: Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 3bd858ab Tue Jul 17 03:30:08 MDT 2007 Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check Introduce is_owner_or_cap() macro in fs.h, and convert over relevant users to it. This is done because we want to avoid bugs in the future where we check for only effective fsuid of the current task against a file's owning uid, without simultaneously checking for CAP_FOWNER as well, thus violating its semantics. [ XFS uses special macros and structures, and in general looked ... untouchable, so we leave it alone -- but it has been looked over. ] The (current->fsuid != inode->i_uid) check in generic_permission() and exec_permission_lite() is left alone, because those operations are covered by CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE and CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH. Similarly operations falling under the purview of CAP_CHOWN and CAP_LEASE are also left alone. Signed-off-by: Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 3e2221c7 Wed Apr 25 08:36:20 MDT 2007 Dave Kleikamp <shaggy@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Copy i_flags to jfs inode flags on write This mirrors Jan Kara's patches for ext3. This patch makes sure that changes made to inode->i_flags are reflected on disk for jfs. It also moves a call of jfs_set_inode_flags() to be more consistent with where jfs_get_inode_flags() is called. Signed-off-by: Dave Kleikamp <shaggy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
H A D	xattr.c	diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com> diff 3bd858ab Tue Jul 17 03:30:08 MDT 2007 Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check Introduce is_owner_or_cap() macro in fs.h, and convert over relevant users to it. This is done because we want to avoid bugs in the future where we check for only effective fsuid of the current task against a file's owning uid, without simultaneously checking for CAP_FOWNER as well, thus violating its semantics. [ XFS uses special macros and structures, and in general looked ... untouchable, so we leave it alone -- but it has been looked over. ] The (current->fsuid != inode->i_uid) check in generic_permission() and exec_permission_lite() is left alone, because those operations are covered by CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE and CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH. Similarly operations falling under the purview of CAP_CHOWN and CAP_LEASE are also left alone. Signed-off-by: Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 3bd858ab Tue Jul 17 03:30:08 MDT 2007 Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check Introduce is_owner_or_cap() macro in fs.h, and convert over relevant users to it. This is done because we want to avoid bugs in the future where we check for only effective fsuid of the current task against a file's owning uid, without simultaneously checking for CAP_FOWNER as well, thus violating its semantics. [ XFS uses special macros and structures, and in general looked ... untouchable, so we leave it alone -- but it has been looked over. ] The (current->fsuid != inode->i_uid) check in generic_permission() and exec_permission_lite() is left alone, because those operations are covered by CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE and CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH. Similarly operations falling under the purview of CAP_CHOWN and CAP_LEASE are also left alone. Signed-off-by: Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
/linux-master/fs/hfsplus/
H A D	ioctl.c	diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 3bd858ab Tue Jul 17 03:30:08 MDT 2007 Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check Introduce is_owner_or_cap() macro in fs.h, and convert over relevant users to it. This is done because we want to avoid bugs in the future where we check for only effective fsuid of the current task against a file's owning uid, without simultaneously checking for CAP_FOWNER as well, thus violating its semantics. [ XFS uses special macros and structures, and in general looked ... untouchable, so we leave it alone -- but it has been looked over. ] The (current->fsuid != inode->i_uid) check in generic_permission() and exec_permission_lite() is left alone, because those operations are covered by CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE and CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH. Similarly operations falling under the purview of CAP_CHOWN and CAP_LEASE are also left alone. Signed-off-by: Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 3bd858ab Tue Jul 17 03:30:08 MDT 2007 Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check Introduce is_owner_or_cap() macro in fs.h, and convert over relevant users to it. This is done because we want to avoid bugs in the future where we check for only effective fsuid of the current task against a file's owning uid, without simultaneously checking for CAP_FOWNER as well, thus violating its semantics. [ XFS uses special macros and structures, and in general looked ... untouchable, so we leave it alone -- but it has been looked over. ] The (current->fsuid != inode->i_uid) check in generic_permission() and exec_permission_lite() is left alone, because those operations are covered by CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE and CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH. Similarly operations falling under the purview of CAP_CHOWN and CAP_LEASE are also left alone. Signed-off-by: Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
/linux-master/fs/ext2/
H A D	ioctl.c	diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 3bd858ab Tue Jul 17 03:30:08 MDT 2007 Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check Introduce is_owner_or_cap() macro in fs.h, and convert over relevant users to it. This is done because we want to avoid bugs in the future where we check for only effective fsuid of the current task against a file's owning uid, without simultaneously checking for CAP_FOWNER as well, thus violating its semantics. [ XFS uses special macros and structures, and in general looked ... untouchable, so we leave it alone -- but it has been looked over. ] The (current->fsuid != inode->i_uid) check in generic_permission() and exec_permission_lite() is left alone, because those operations are covered by CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE and CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH. Similarly operations falling under the purview of CAP_CHOWN and CAP_LEASE are also left alone. Signed-off-by: Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 3bd858ab Tue Jul 17 03:30:08 MDT 2007 Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check Introduce is_owner_or_cap() macro in fs.h, and convert over relevant users to it. This is done because we want to avoid bugs in the future where we check for only effective fsuid of the current task against a file's owning uid, without simultaneously checking for CAP_FOWNER as well, thus violating its semantics. [ XFS uses special macros and structures, and in general looked ... untouchable, so we leave it alone -- but it has been looked over. ] The (current->fsuid != inode->i_uid) check in generic_permission() and exec_permission_lite() is left alone, because those operations are covered by CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE and CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH. Similarly operations falling under the purview of CAP_CHOWN and CAP_LEASE are also left alone. Signed-off-by: Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
H A D	acl.c	diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 3e0d8a01 Mon Mar 24 01:21:24 MDT 2014 Jakub Sitnicki <jsitnicki@gmail.com> ext2: acl: remove unneeded include of linux/capability.h acl.c has not been (directly) using the interface defined by linux/capability.h header since commit 3bd858ab1c451725c07a ("Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check"). Remove it. Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jsitnicki@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> diff 3e0d8a01 Mon Mar 24 01:21:24 MDT 2014 Jakub Sitnicki <jsitnicki@gmail.com> ext2: acl: remove unneeded include of linux/capability.h acl.c has not been (directly) using the interface defined by linux/capability.h header since commit 3bd858ab1c451725c07a ("Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check"). Remove it. Signed-off-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jsitnicki@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> diff 64e178a7 Fri Dec 20 06:16:44 MST 2013 Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> ext2/3/4: use generic posix ACL infrastructure Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 73598611 Thu Jan 06 23:50:00 MST 2011 Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk> ext2,3,4: provide simple rcu-walk ACL implementation This simple implementation just checks for no ACLs on the inode, and if so, then the rcu-walk may proceed, otherwise fail it. Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@kernel.dk>
/linux-master/fs/jffs2/
H A D	acl.c	diff e6305c43 Tue Jul 15 19:03:57 MDT 2008 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> [PATCH] sanitize ->permission() prototype * kill nameidata * argument; map the 3 bits in ->flags anybody cares about to new MAY_... ones and pass with the mask. * kill redundant gfs2_iop_permission() * sanitize ecryptfs_permission() * fix remaining places where ->permission() instances might barf on new MAY_... found in mask. The obvious next target in that direction is permission(9) folded fix for nfs_permission() breakage from Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 3bd858ab Tue Jul 17 03:30:08 MDT 2007 Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check Introduce is_owner_or_cap() macro in fs.h, and convert over relevant users to it. This is done because we want to avoid bugs in the future where we check for only effective fsuid of the current task against a file's owning uid, without simultaneously checking for CAP_FOWNER as well, thus violating its semantics. [ XFS uses special macros and structures, and in general looked ... untouchable, so we leave it alone -- but it has been looked over. ] The (current->fsuid != inode->i_uid) check in generic_permission() and exec_permission_lite() is left alone, because those operations are covered by CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE and CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH. Similarly operations falling under the purview of CAP_CHOWN and CAP_LEASE are also left alone. Signed-off-by: Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 3bd858ab Tue Jul 17 03:30:08 MDT 2007 Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check Introduce is_owner_or_cap() macro in fs.h, and convert over relevant users to it. This is done because we want to avoid bugs in the future where we check for only effective fsuid of the current task against a file's owning uid, without simultaneously checking for CAP_FOWNER as well, thus violating its semantics. [ XFS uses special macros and structures, and in general looked ... untouchable, so we leave it alone -- but it has been looked over. ] The (current->fsuid != inode->i_uid) check in generic_permission() and exec_permission_lite() is left alone, because those operations are covered by CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE and CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH. Similarly operations falling under the purview of CAP_CHOWN and CAP_LEASE are also left alone. Signed-off-by: Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff a1ae76e9 Sat Jun 10 19:45:22 MDT 2006 KaiGai Kohei <kaigai@ak.jp.nec.com> [JFFS2][XATTR] Fix ACL bug when updating null xattr by null ACL. This patch enable to handle the case when updating null xattr by null ACL. When we try to set NULL into NULL xattr, xattr subsystem returns -ENODATA. This patch enables to handle this error code. [2/3] jffs2-xattr-v6-02-fix_posixacl_bug.patch Signed-off-by: KaiGai Kohei <kaigai@ak.jp.nec.com> Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
/linux-master/fs/ocfs2/
H A D	ioctl.c	diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 3e5db17d Tue May 24 01:25:54 MDT 2011 Tristan Ye <tristan.ye@oracle.com> Ocfs2: Add a new code 'OCFS2_INFO_FREEINODE' for o2info ioctl. The new code is dedicated to calculate free inodes number of all inode_allocs, then return the info to userpace in terms of an array. Specially, flag 'OCFS2_INFO_FL_NON_COHERENT', manipulated by '--cluster-coherent' from userspace, is now going to be involved. setting the flag on means no cluster coherency considered, usually, userspace tools choose none-coherency strategy by default for the sake of performace. Signed-off-by: Tristan Ye <tristan.ye@oracle.com> diff bd50873d Sun Sep 20 21:25:14 MDT 2009 Tao Ma <tao.ma@oracle.com> ocfs2: Add ioctl for reflink. The ioctl will take 3 parameters: old_path, new_path and preserve and call vfs_reflink. It is useful when we backport reflink features to old kernels. Signed-off-by: Tao Ma <tao.ma@oracle.com> diff 3bd858ab Tue Jul 17 03:30:08 MDT 2007 Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check Introduce is_owner_or_cap() macro in fs.h, and convert over relevant users to it. This is done because we want to avoid bugs in the future where we check for only effective fsuid of the current task against a file's owning uid, without simultaneously checking for CAP_FOWNER as well, thus violating its semantics. [ XFS uses special macros and structures, and in general looked ... untouchable, so we leave it alone -- but it has been looked over. ] The (current->fsuid != inode->i_uid) check in generic_permission() and exec_permission_lite() is left alone, because those operations are covered by CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE and CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH. Similarly operations falling under the purview of CAP_CHOWN and CAP_LEASE are also left alone. Signed-off-by: Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 3bd858ab Tue Jul 17 03:30:08 MDT 2007 Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check Introduce is_owner_or_cap() macro in fs.h, and convert over relevant users to it. This is done because we want to avoid bugs in the future where we check for only effective fsuid of the current task against a file's owning uid, without simultaneously checking for CAP_FOWNER as well, thus violating its semantics. [ XFS uses special macros and structures, and in general looked ... untouchable, so we leave it alone -- but it has been looked over. ] The (current->fsuid != inode->i_uid) check in generic_permission() and exec_permission_lite() is left alone, because those operations are covered by CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE and CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH. Similarly operations falling under the purview of CAP_CHOWN and CAP_LEASE are also left alone. Signed-off-by: Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
/linux-master/fs/reiserfs/
H A D	ioctl.c	diff 9d8117e7 Thu Sep 30 16:15:38 MDT 2010 Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com> reiserfs: fix unwanted reiserfs lock recursion Prevent from recursively locking the reiserfs lock in reiserfs_unpack() because we may call journal_begin() that requires the lock to be taken only once, otherwise it won't be able to release the lock while taking other mutexes, ending up in inverted dependencies between the journal mutex and the reiserfs lock for example. This fixes: ======================================================= [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ] 2.6.35.4.4a #3 ------------------------------------------------------- lilo/1620 is trying to acquire lock: (&journal->j_mutex){+.+...}, at: [<d0325bff>] do_journal_begin_r+0x7f/0x340 [reiserfs] but task is already holding lock: (&REISERFS_SB(s)->lock){+.+.+.}, at: [<d032a278>] reiserfs_write_lock+0x28/0x40 [reiserfs] which lock already depends on the new lock. the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is: -> #1 (&REISERFS_SB(s)->lock){+.+.+.}: [<c10562b7>] lock_acquire+0x67/0x80 [<c12facad>] __mutex_lock_common+0x4d/0x410 [<c12fb0c8>] mutex_lock_nested+0x18/0x20 [<d032a278>] reiserfs_write_lock+0x28/0x40 [reiserfs] [<d0325c06>] do_journal_begin_r+0x86/0x340 [reiserfs] [<d0325f77>] journal_begin+0x77/0x140 [reiserfs] [<d0315be4>] reiserfs_remount+0x224/0x530 [reiserfs] [<c10b6a20>] do_remount_sb+0x60/0x110 [<c10cee25>] do_mount+0x625/0x790 [<c10cf014>] sys_mount+0x84/0xb0 [<c12fca3d>] syscall_call+0x7/0xb -> #0 (&journal->j_mutex){+.+...}: [<c10560f6>] __lock_acquire+0x1026/0x1180 [<c10562b7>] lock_acquire+0x67/0x80 [<c12facad>] __mutex_lock_common+0x4d/0x410 [<c12fb0c8>] mutex_lock_nested+0x18/0x20 [<d0325bff>] do_journal_begin_r+0x7f/0x340 [reiserfs] [<d0325f77>] journal_begin+0x77/0x140 [reiserfs] [<d0326271>] reiserfs_persistent_transaction+0x41/0x90 [reiserfs] [<d030d06c>] reiserfs_get_block+0x22c/0x1530 [reiserfs] [<c10db9db>] __block_prepare_write+0x1bb/0x3a0 [<c10dbbe6>] block_prepare_write+0x26/0x40 [<d030b738>] reiserfs_prepare_write+0x88/0x170 [reiserfs] [<d03294d6>] reiserfs_unpack+0xe6/0x120 [reiserfs] [<d0329782>] reiserfs_ioctl+0x272/0x320 [reiserfs] [<c10c3188>] vfs_ioctl+0x28/0xa0 [<c10c3bbd>] do_vfs_ioctl+0x32d/0x5c0 [<c10c3eb3>] sys_ioctl+0x63/0x70 [<c12fca3d>] syscall_call+0x7/0xb other info that might help us debug this: 2 locks held by lilo/1620: #0: (&sb->s_type->i_mutex_key#8){+.+.+.}, at: [<d032945a>] reiserfs_unpack+0x6a/0x120 [reiserfs] #1: (&REISERFS_SB(s)->lock){+.+.+.}, at: [<d032a278>] reiserfs_write_lock+0x28/0x40 [reiserfs] stack backtrace: Pid: 1620, comm: lilo Not tainted 2.6.35.4.4a #3 Call Trace: [<c10560f6>] __lock_acquire+0x1026/0x1180 [<c10562b7>] lock_acquire+0x67/0x80 [<c12facad>] __mutex_lock_common+0x4d/0x410 [<c12fb0c8>] mutex_lock_nested+0x18/0x20 [<d0325bff>] do_journal_begin_r+0x7f/0x340 [reiserfs] [<d0325f77>] journal_begin+0x77/0x140 [reiserfs] [<d0326271>] reiserfs_persistent_transaction+0x41/0x90 [reiserfs] [<d030d06c>] reiserfs_get_block+0x22c/0x1530 [reiserfs] [<c10db9db>] __block_prepare_write+0x1bb/0x3a0 [<c10dbbe6>] block_prepare_write+0x26/0x40 [<d030b738>] reiserfs_prepare_write+0x88/0x170 [reiserfs] [<d03294d6>] reiserfs_unpack+0xe6/0x120 [reiserfs] [<d0329782>] reiserfs_ioctl+0x272/0x320 [reiserfs] [<c10c3188>] vfs_ioctl+0x28/0xa0 [<c10c3bbd>] do_vfs_ioctl+0x32d/0x5c0 [<c10c3eb3>] sys_ioctl+0x63/0x70 [<c12fca3d>] syscall_call+0x7/0xb Reported-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com> Tested-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com> Cc: Jeff Mahoney <jeffm@suse.com> Cc: All since 2.6.32 <stable@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 9d8117e7 Thu Sep 30 16:15:38 MDT 2010 Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com> reiserfs: fix unwanted reiserfs lock recursion Prevent from recursively locking the reiserfs lock in reiserfs_unpack() because we may call journal_begin() that requires the lock to be taken only once, otherwise it won't be able to release the lock while taking other mutexes, ending up in inverted dependencies between the journal mutex and the reiserfs lock for example. This fixes: ======================================================= [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ] 2.6.35.4.4a #3 ------------------------------------------------------- lilo/1620 is trying to acquire lock: (&journal->j_mutex){+.+...}, at: [<d0325bff>] do_journal_begin_r+0x7f/0x340 [reiserfs] but task is already holding lock: (&REISERFS_SB(s)->lock){+.+.+.}, at: [<d032a278>] reiserfs_write_lock+0x28/0x40 [reiserfs] which lock already depends on the new lock. the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is: -> #1 (&REISERFS_SB(s)->lock){+.+.+.}: [<c10562b7>] lock_acquire+0x67/0x80 [<c12facad>] __mutex_lock_common+0x4d/0x410 [<c12fb0c8>] mutex_lock_nested+0x18/0x20 [<d032a278>] reiserfs_write_lock+0x28/0x40 [reiserfs] [<d0325c06>] do_journal_begin_r+0x86/0x340 [reiserfs] [<d0325f77>] journal_begin+0x77/0x140 [reiserfs] [<d0315be4>] reiserfs_remount+0x224/0x530 [reiserfs] [<c10b6a20>] do_remount_sb+0x60/0x110 [<c10cee25>] do_mount+0x625/0x790 [<c10cf014>] sys_mount+0x84/0xb0 [<c12fca3d>] syscall_call+0x7/0xb -> #0 (&journal->j_mutex){+.+...}: [<c10560f6>] __lock_acquire+0x1026/0x1180 [<c10562b7>] lock_acquire+0x67/0x80 [<c12facad>] __mutex_lock_common+0x4d/0x410 [<c12fb0c8>] mutex_lock_nested+0x18/0x20 [<d0325bff>] do_journal_begin_r+0x7f/0x340 [reiserfs] [<d0325f77>] journal_begin+0x77/0x140 [reiserfs] [<d0326271>] reiserfs_persistent_transaction+0x41/0x90 [reiserfs] [<d030d06c>] reiserfs_get_block+0x22c/0x1530 [reiserfs] [<c10db9db>] __block_prepare_write+0x1bb/0x3a0 [<c10dbbe6>] block_prepare_write+0x26/0x40 [<d030b738>] reiserfs_prepare_write+0x88/0x170 [reiserfs] [<d03294d6>] reiserfs_unpack+0xe6/0x120 [reiserfs] [<d0329782>] reiserfs_ioctl+0x272/0x320 [reiserfs] [<c10c3188>] vfs_ioctl+0x28/0xa0 [<c10c3bbd>] do_vfs_ioctl+0x32d/0x5c0 [<c10c3eb3>] sys_ioctl+0x63/0x70 [<c12fca3d>] syscall_call+0x7/0xb other info that might help us debug this: 2 locks held by lilo/1620: #0: (&sb->s_type->i_mutex_key#8){+.+.+.}, at: [<d032945a>] reiserfs_unpack+0x6a/0x120 [reiserfs] #1: (&REISERFS_SB(s)->lock){+.+.+.}, at: [<d032a278>] reiserfs_write_lock+0x28/0x40 [reiserfs] stack backtrace: Pid: 1620, comm: lilo Not tainted 2.6.35.4.4a #3 Call Trace: [<c10560f6>] __lock_acquire+0x1026/0x1180 [<c10562b7>] lock_acquire+0x67/0x80 [<c12facad>] __mutex_lock_common+0x4d/0x410 [<c12fb0c8>] mutex_lock_nested+0x18/0x20 [<d0325bff>] do_journal_begin_r+0x7f/0x340 [reiserfs] [<d0325f77>] journal_begin+0x77/0x140 [reiserfs] [<d0326271>] reiserfs_persistent_transaction+0x41/0x90 [reiserfs] [<d030d06c>] reiserfs_get_block+0x22c/0x1530 [reiserfs] [<c10db9db>] __block_prepare_write+0x1bb/0x3a0 [<c10dbbe6>] block_prepare_write+0x26/0x40 [<d030b738>] reiserfs_prepare_write+0x88/0x170 [reiserfs] [<d03294d6>] reiserfs_unpack+0xe6/0x120 [reiserfs] [<d0329782>] reiserfs_ioctl+0x272/0x320 [reiserfs] [<c10c3188>] vfs_ioctl+0x28/0xa0 [<c10c3bbd>] do_vfs_ioctl+0x32d/0x5c0 [<c10c3eb3>] sys_ioctl+0x63/0x70 [<c12fca3d>] syscall_call+0x7/0xb Reported-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com> Tested-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com> Cc: Jeff Mahoney <jeffm@suse.com> Cc: All since 2.6.32 <stable@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 3f259d09 Thu Sep 30 16:15:37 MDT 2010 Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com> reiserfs: fix dependency inversion between inode and reiserfs mutexes The reiserfs mutex already depends on the inode mutex, so we can't lock the inode mutex in reiserfs_unpack() without using the safe locking API, because reiserfs_unpack() is always called with the reiserfs mutex locked. This fixes: ======================================================= [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ] 2.6.35c #13 ------------------------------------------------------- lilo/1606 is trying to acquire lock: (&sb->s_type->i_mutex_key#8){+.+.+.}, at: [<d0329450>] reiserfs_unpack+0x60/0x110 [reiserfs] but task is already holding lock: (&REISERFS_SB(s)->lock){+.+.+.}, at: [<d032a268>] reiserfs_write_lock+0x28/0x40 [reiserfs] which lock already depends on the new lock. the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is: -> #1 (&REISERFS_SB(s)->lock){+.+.+.}: [<c1056347>] lock_acquire+0x67/0x80 [<c12f083d>] __mutex_lock_common+0x4d/0x410 [<c12f0c58>] mutex_lock_nested+0x18/0x20 [<d032a268>] reiserfs_write_lock+0x28/0x40 [reiserfs] [<d0329e9a>] reiserfs_lookup_privroot+0x2a/0x90 [reiserfs] [<d0316b81>] reiserfs_fill_super+0x941/0xe60 [reiserfs] [<c10b7d17>] get_sb_bdev+0x117/0x170 [<d0313e21>] get_super_block+0x21/0x30 [reiserfs] [<c10b74ba>] vfs_kern_mount+0x6a/0x1b0 [<c10b7659>] do_kern_mount+0x39/0xe0 [<c10cebe0>] do_mount+0x340/0x790 [<c10cf0b4>] sys_mount+0x84/0xb0 [<c12f25cd>] syscall_call+0x7/0xb -> #0 (&sb->s_type->i_mutex_key#8){+.+.+.}: [<c1056186>] __lock_acquire+0x1026/0x1180 [<c1056347>] lock_acquire+0x67/0x80 [<c12f083d>] __mutex_lock_common+0x4d/0x410 [<c12f0c58>] mutex_lock_nested+0x18/0x20 [<d0329450>] reiserfs_unpack+0x60/0x110 [reiserfs] [<d0329772>] reiserfs_ioctl+0x272/0x320 [reiserfs] [<c10c3228>] vfs_ioctl+0x28/0xa0 [<c10c3c5d>] do_vfs_ioctl+0x32d/0x5c0 [<c10c3f53>] sys_ioctl+0x63/0x70 [<c12f25cd>] syscall_call+0x7/0xb other info that might help us debug this: 1 lock held by lilo/1606: #0: (&REISERFS_SB(s)->lock){+.+.+.}, at: [<d032a268>] reiserfs_write_lock+0x28/0x40 [reiserfs] stack backtrace: Pid: 1606, comm: lilo Not tainted 2.6.35c #13 Call Trace: [<c1056186>] __lock_acquire+0x1026/0x1180 [<c1056347>] lock_acquire+0x67/0x80 [<c12f083d>] __mutex_lock_common+0x4d/0x410 [<c12f0c58>] mutex_lock_nested+0x18/0x20 [<d0329450>] reiserfs_unpack+0x60/0x110 [reiserfs] [<d0329772>] reiserfs_ioctl+0x272/0x320 [reiserfs] [<c10c3228>] vfs_ioctl+0x28/0xa0 [<c10c3c5d>] do_vfs_ioctl+0x32d/0x5c0 [<c10c3f53>] sys_ioctl+0x63/0x70 [<c12f25cd>] syscall_call+0x7/0xb Reported-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com> Tested-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com> Cc: Jeff Mahoney <jeffm@suse.com> Cc: <stable@kernel.org> [2.6.32 and later] Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 3bd858ab Tue Jul 17 03:30:08 MDT 2007 Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check Introduce is_owner_or_cap() macro in fs.h, and convert over relevant users to it. This is done because we want to avoid bugs in the future where we check for only effective fsuid of the current task against a file's owning uid, without simultaneously checking for CAP_FOWNER as well, thus violating its semantics. [ XFS uses special macros and structures, and in general looked ... untouchable, so we leave it alone -- but it has been looked over. ] The (current->fsuid != inode->i_uid) check in generic_permission() and exec_permission_lite() is left alone, because those operations are covered by CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE and CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH. Similarly operations falling under the purview of CAP_CHOWN and CAP_LEASE are also left alone. Signed-off-by: Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 3bd858ab Tue Jul 17 03:30:08 MDT 2007 Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check Introduce is_owner_or_cap() macro in fs.h, and convert over relevant users to it. This is done because we want to avoid bugs in the future where we check for only effective fsuid of the current task against a file's owning uid, without simultaneously checking for CAP_FOWNER as well, thus violating its semantics. [ XFS uses special macros and structures, and in general looked ... untouchable, so we leave it alone -- but it has been looked over. ] The (current->fsuid != inode->i_uid) check in generic_permission() and exec_permission_lite() is left alone, because those operations are covered by CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE and CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH. Similarly operations falling under the purview of CAP_CHOWN and CAP_LEASE are also left alone. Signed-off-by: Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
H A D	xattr_acl.c	diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com> diff 3bd858ab Tue Jul 17 03:30:08 MDT 2007 Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check Introduce is_owner_or_cap() macro in fs.h, and convert over relevant users to it. This is done because we want to avoid bugs in the future where we check for only effective fsuid of the current task against a file's owning uid, without simultaneously checking for CAP_FOWNER as well, thus violating its semantics. [ XFS uses special macros and structures, and in general looked ... untouchable, so we leave it alone -- but it has been looked over. ] The (current->fsuid != inode->i_uid) check in generic_permission() and exec_permission_lite() is left alone, because those operations are covered by CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE and CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH. Similarly operations falling under the purview of CAP_CHOWN and CAP_LEASE are also left alone. Signed-off-by: Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 3bd858ab Tue Jul 17 03:30:08 MDT 2007 Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check Introduce is_owner_or_cap() macro in fs.h, and convert over relevant users to it. This is done because we want to avoid bugs in the future where we check for only effective fsuid of the current task against a file's owning uid, without simultaneously checking for CAP_FOWNER as well, thus violating its semantics. [ XFS uses special macros and structures, and in general looked ... untouchable, so we leave it alone -- but it has been looked over. ] The (current->fsuid != inode->i_uid) check in generic_permission() and exec_permission_lite() is left alone, because those operations are covered by CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE and CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH. Similarly operations falling under the purview of CAP_CHOWN and CAP_LEASE are also left alone. Signed-off-by: Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 3cdc409c Sat Mar 25 04:07:50 MST 2006 Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de> [PATCH] reiserfs/xattr_acl.c:reiserfs_get_acl(): make size an int The Coverity checker wasn't happy seeing a size_t compared with -ENODATA and -ENOSYS. Since the only place where size is set is through the result of reiserfs_xattr_get() which is an int, we could simply make size an int. Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de> Cc: Jeff Mahoney <jeffm@suse.com> Cc: Chris Mason <mason@suse.com> Cc: Hans Reiser <reiser@namesys.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
/linux-master/fs/gfs2/
H A D	acl.c	diff 3bd858ab Tue Jul 17 03:30:08 MDT 2007 Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check Introduce is_owner_or_cap() macro in fs.h, and convert over relevant users to it. This is done because we want to avoid bugs in the future where we check for only effective fsuid of the current task against a file's owning uid, without simultaneously checking for CAP_FOWNER as well, thus violating its semantics. [ XFS uses special macros and structures, and in general looked ... untouchable, so we leave it alone -- but it has been looked over. ] The (current->fsuid != inode->i_uid) check in generic_permission() and exec_permission_lite() is left alone, because those operations are covered by CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE and CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH. Similarly operations falling under the purview of CAP_CHOWN and CAP_LEASE are also left alone. Signed-off-by: Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 3bd858ab Tue Jul 17 03:30:08 MDT 2007 Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check Introduce is_owner_or_cap() macro in fs.h, and convert over relevant users to it. This is done because we want to avoid bugs in the future where we check for only effective fsuid of the current task against a file's owning uid, without simultaneously checking for CAP_FOWNER as well, thus violating its semantics. [ XFS uses special macros and structures, and in general looked ... untouchable, so we leave it alone -- but it has been looked over. ] The (current->fsuid != inode->i_uid) check in generic_permission() and exec_permission_lite() is left alone, because those operations are covered by CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE and CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH. Similarly operations falling under the purview of CAP_CHOWN and CAP_LEASE are also left alone. Signed-off-by: Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff b60623c2 Tue Oct 31 22:22:46 MST 2006 Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com> [GFS2] Shrink gfs2_inode (3) - di_mode This removes the duplicate di_mode field in favour of using the inode->i_mode field. This saves 4 bytes. Signed-off-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com> diff 3a8a9a10 Thu May 18 13:09:15 MDT 2006 Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com> [GFS2] Update copyright date to 2006 Signed-off-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
/linux-master/fs/ext4/
H A D	acl.c	diff 14f3db55 Thu Jan 21 06:19:57 MST 2021 Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> ext4: support idmapped mounts Enable idmapped mounts for ext4. All dedicated helpers we need for this exist. So this basically just means we're passing down the user_namespace argument from the VFS methods to the relevant helpers. Let's create simple example where we idmap an ext4 filesystem: root@f2-vm:~# truncate -s 5G ext4.img root@f2-vm:~# mkfs.ext4 ./ext4.img mke2fs 1.45.5 (07-Jan-2020) Discarding device blocks: done Creating filesystem with 1310720 4k blocks and 327680 inodes Filesystem UUID: 3fd91794-c6ca-4b0f-9964-289a000919cf Superblock backups stored on blocks: 32768, 98304, 163840, 229376, 294912, 819200, 884736 Allocating group tables: done Writing inode tables: done Creating journal (16384 blocks): done Writing superblocks and filesystem accounting information: done root@f2-vm:~# losetup -f --show ./ext4.img /dev/loop0 root@f2-vm:~# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt root@f2-vm:~# ls -al /mnt/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 .. drwx------ 2 root root 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found # Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped1 where we map uid and gid # 0 to uid and gid 1000 root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:1000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped1/ root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped1/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 .. drwx------ 2 ubuntu ubuntu 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found # Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped2 where we map uid and gid # 0 to uid and gid 2000 root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:2000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped2/ root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped2/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 2000 2000 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 .. drwx------ 2 2000 2000 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found Let's create another example where we idmap the rootfs filesystem without a mapping for uid 0 and gid 0: # Create an idmapped mount of for a full POSIX range of rootfs under # /mnt but without a mapping for uid 0 to reduce attack surface root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:1:1:65536 / /mnt/ # Since we don't have a mapping for uid and gid 0 all files owned by # uid and gid 0 should show up as uid and gid 65534: root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/ total 664 drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 . drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 .. lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 bin -> usr/bin drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:17 boot drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:48 dev drwxr-xr-x 81 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 etc drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 home lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 lib -> usr/lib lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib32 -> usr/lib32 lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib64 -> usr/lib64 lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 10 Aug 25 07:44 libx32 -> usr/libx32 drwx------ 2 nobody nogroup 16384 Aug 25 07:47 lost+found drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 media drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 mnt drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 opt drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 proc drwx--x--x 6 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:34 root drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:46 run lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 8 Aug 25 07:44 sbin -> usr/sbin drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 srv drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 sys drwxrwxrwt 10 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:19 tmp drwxr-xr-x 14 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 20 13:00 usr drwxr-xr-x 12 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:45 var # Since we do have a mapping for uid and gid 1000 all files owned by # uid and gid 1000 should simply show up as uid and gid 1000: root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/home/ubuntu/ total 40 drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 00:43 . drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 .. -rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 2936 Oct 28 12:26 .bash_history -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 220 Feb 25 2020 .bash_logout -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 3771 Feb 25 2020 .bashrc -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 807 Feb 25 2020 .profile -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 0 Oct 16 16:11 .sudo_as_admin_successful -rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 1144 Oct 28 00:43 .viminfo Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-39-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> diff 14f3db55 Thu Jan 21 06:19:57 MST 2021 Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> ext4: support idmapped mounts Enable idmapped mounts for ext4. All dedicated helpers we need for this exist. So this basically just means we're passing down the user_namespace argument from the VFS methods to the relevant helpers. Let's create simple example where we idmap an ext4 filesystem: root@f2-vm:~# truncate -s 5G ext4.img root@f2-vm:~# mkfs.ext4 ./ext4.img mke2fs 1.45.5 (07-Jan-2020) Discarding device blocks: done Creating filesystem with 1310720 4k blocks and 327680 inodes Filesystem UUID: 3fd91794-c6ca-4b0f-9964-289a000919cf Superblock backups stored on blocks: 32768, 98304, 163840, 229376, 294912, 819200, 884736 Allocating group tables: done Writing inode tables: done Creating journal (16384 blocks): done Writing superblocks and filesystem accounting information: done root@f2-vm:~# losetup -f --show ./ext4.img /dev/loop0 root@f2-vm:~# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt root@f2-vm:~# ls -al /mnt/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 .. drwx------ 2 root root 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found # Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped1 where we map uid and gid # 0 to uid and gid 1000 root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:1000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped1/ root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped1/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 .. drwx------ 2 ubuntu ubuntu 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found # Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped2 where we map uid and gid # 0 to uid and gid 2000 root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:2000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped2/ root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped2/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 2000 2000 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 .. drwx------ 2 2000 2000 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found Let's create another example where we idmap the rootfs filesystem without a mapping for uid 0 and gid 0: # Create an idmapped mount of for a full POSIX range of rootfs under # /mnt but without a mapping for uid 0 to reduce attack surface root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:1:1:65536 / /mnt/ # Since we don't have a mapping for uid and gid 0 all files owned by # uid and gid 0 should show up as uid and gid 65534: root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/ total 664 drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 . drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 .. lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 bin -> usr/bin drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:17 boot drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:48 dev drwxr-xr-x 81 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 etc drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 home lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 lib -> usr/lib lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib32 -> usr/lib32 lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib64 -> usr/lib64 lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 10 Aug 25 07:44 libx32 -> usr/libx32 drwx------ 2 nobody nogroup 16384 Aug 25 07:47 lost+found drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 media drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 mnt drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 opt drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 proc drwx--x--x 6 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:34 root drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:46 run lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 8 Aug 25 07:44 sbin -> usr/sbin drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 srv drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 sys drwxrwxrwt 10 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:19 tmp drwxr-xr-x 14 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 20 13:00 usr drwxr-xr-x 12 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:45 var # Since we do have a mapping for uid and gid 1000 all files owned by # uid and gid 1000 should simply show up as uid and gid 1000: root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/home/ubuntu/ total 40 drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 00:43 . drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 .. -rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 2936 Oct 28 12:26 .bash_history -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 220 Feb 25 2020 .bash_logout -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 3771 Feb 25 2020 .bashrc -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 807 Feb 25 2020 .profile -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 0 Oct 16 16:11 .sudo_as_admin_successful -rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 1144 Oct 28 00:43 .viminfo Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-39-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> diff 14f3db55 Thu Jan 21 06:19:57 MST 2021 Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> ext4: support idmapped mounts Enable idmapped mounts for ext4. All dedicated helpers we need for this exist. So this basically just means we're passing down the user_namespace argument from the VFS methods to the relevant helpers. Let's create simple example where we idmap an ext4 filesystem: root@f2-vm:~# truncate -s 5G ext4.img root@f2-vm:~# mkfs.ext4 ./ext4.img mke2fs 1.45.5 (07-Jan-2020) Discarding device blocks: done Creating filesystem with 1310720 4k blocks and 327680 inodes Filesystem UUID: 3fd91794-c6ca-4b0f-9964-289a000919cf Superblock backups stored on blocks: 32768, 98304, 163840, 229376, 294912, 819200, 884736 Allocating group tables: done Writing inode tables: done Creating journal (16384 blocks): done Writing superblocks and filesystem accounting information: done root@f2-vm:~# losetup -f --show ./ext4.img /dev/loop0 root@f2-vm:~# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt root@f2-vm:~# ls -al /mnt/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 .. drwx------ 2 root root 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found # Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped1 where we map uid and gid # 0 to uid and gid 1000 root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:1000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped1/ root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped1/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 .. drwx------ 2 ubuntu ubuntu 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found # Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped2 where we map uid and gid # 0 to uid and gid 2000 root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:2000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped2/ root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped2/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 2000 2000 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 .. drwx------ 2 2000 2000 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found Let's create another example where we idmap the rootfs filesystem without a mapping for uid 0 and gid 0: # Create an idmapped mount of for a full POSIX range of rootfs under # /mnt but without a mapping for uid 0 to reduce attack surface root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:1:1:65536 / /mnt/ # Since we don't have a mapping for uid and gid 0 all files owned by # uid and gid 0 should show up as uid and gid 65534: root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/ total 664 drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 . drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 .. lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 bin -> usr/bin drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:17 boot drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:48 dev drwxr-xr-x 81 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 etc drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 home lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 lib -> usr/lib lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib32 -> usr/lib32 lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib64 -> usr/lib64 lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 10 Aug 25 07:44 libx32 -> usr/libx32 drwx------ 2 nobody nogroup 16384 Aug 25 07:47 lost+found drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 media drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 mnt drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 opt drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 proc drwx--x--x 6 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:34 root drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:46 run lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 8 Aug 25 07:44 sbin -> usr/sbin drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 srv drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 sys drwxrwxrwt 10 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:19 tmp drwxr-xr-x 14 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 20 13:00 usr drwxr-xr-x 12 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:45 var # Since we do have a mapping for uid and gid 1000 all files owned by # uid and gid 1000 should simply show up as uid and gid 1000: root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/home/ubuntu/ total 40 drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 00:43 . drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 .. -rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 2936 Oct 28 12:26 .bash_history -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 220 Feb 25 2020 .bash_logout -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 3771 Feb 25 2020 .bashrc -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 807 Feb 25 2020 .profile -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 0 Oct 16 16:11 .sudo_as_admin_successful -rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 1144 Oct 28 00:43 .viminfo Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-39-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> diff 14f3db55 Thu Jan 21 06:19:57 MST 2021 Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> ext4: support idmapped mounts Enable idmapped mounts for ext4. All dedicated helpers we need for this exist. So this basically just means we're passing down the user_namespace argument from the VFS methods to the relevant helpers. Let's create simple example where we idmap an ext4 filesystem: root@f2-vm:~# truncate -s 5G ext4.img root@f2-vm:~# mkfs.ext4 ./ext4.img mke2fs 1.45.5 (07-Jan-2020) Discarding device blocks: done Creating filesystem with 1310720 4k blocks and 327680 inodes Filesystem UUID: 3fd91794-c6ca-4b0f-9964-289a000919cf Superblock backups stored on blocks: 32768, 98304, 163840, 229376, 294912, 819200, 884736 Allocating group tables: done Writing inode tables: done Creating journal (16384 blocks): done Writing superblocks and filesystem accounting information: done root@f2-vm:~# losetup -f --show ./ext4.img /dev/loop0 root@f2-vm:~# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt root@f2-vm:~# ls -al /mnt/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 .. drwx------ 2 root root 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found # Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped1 where we map uid and gid # 0 to uid and gid 1000 root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:1000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped1/ root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped1/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 .. drwx------ 2 ubuntu ubuntu 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found # Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped2 where we map uid and gid # 0 to uid and gid 2000 root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:2000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped2/ root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped2/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 2000 2000 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 .. drwx------ 2 2000 2000 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found Let's create another example where we idmap the rootfs filesystem without a mapping for uid 0 and gid 0: # Create an idmapped mount of for a full POSIX range of rootfs under # /mnt but without a mapping for uid 0 to reduce attack surface root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:1:1:65536 / /mnt/ # Since we don't have a mapping for uid and gid 0 all files owned by # uid and gid 0 should show up as uid and gid 65534: root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/ total 664 drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 . drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 .. lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 bin -> usr/bin drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:17 boot drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:48 dev drwxr-xr-x 81 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 etc drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 home lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 lib -> usr/lib lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib32 -> usr/lib32 lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib64 -> usr/lib64 lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 10 Aug 25 07:44 libx32 -> usr/libx32 drwx------ 2 nobody nogroup 16384 Aug 25 07:47 lost+found drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 media drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 mnt drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 opt drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 proc drwx--x--x 6 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:34 root drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:46 run lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 8 Aug 25 07:44 sbin -> usr/sbin drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 srv drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 sys drwxrwxrwt 10 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:19 tmp drwxr-xr-x 14 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 20 13:00 usr drwxr-xr-x 12 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:45 var # Since we do have a mapping for uid and gid 1000 all files owned by # uid and gid 1000 should simply show up as uid and gid 1000: root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/home/ubuntu/ total 40 drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 00:43 . drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 .. -rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 2936 Oct 28 12:26 .bash_history -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 220 Feb 25 2020 .bash_logout -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 3771 Feb 25 2020 .bashrc -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 807 Feb 25 2020 .profile -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 0 Oct 16 16:11 .sudo_as_admin_successful -rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 1144 Oct 28 00:43 .viminfo Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-39-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> diff 14f3db55 Thu Jan 21 06:19:57 MST 2021 Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> ext4: support idmapped mounts Enable idmapped mounts for ext4. All dedicated helpers we need for this exist. So this basically just means we're passing down the user_namespace argument from the VFS methods to the relevant helpers. Let's create simple example where we idmap an ext4 filesystem: root@f2-vm:~# truncate -s 5G ext4.img root@f2-vm:~# mkfs.ext4 ./ext4.img mke2fs 1.45.5 (07-Jan-2020) Discarding device blocks: done Creating filesystem with 1310720 4k blocks and 327680 inodes Filesystem UUID: 3fd91794-c6ca-4b0f-9964-289a000919cf Superblock backups stored on blocks: 32768, 98304, 163840, 229376, 294912, 819200, 884736 Allocating group tables: done Writing inode tables: done Creating journal (16384 blocks): done Writing superblocks and filesystem accounting information: done root@f2-vm:~# losetup -f --show ./ext4.img /dev/loop0 root@f2-vm:~# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt root@f2-vm:~# ls -al /mnt/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 .. drwx------ 2 root root 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found # Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped1 where we map uid and gid # 0 to uid and gid 1000 root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:1000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped1/ root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped1/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 .. drwx------ 2 ubuntu ubuntu 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found # Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped2 where we map uid and gid # 0 to uid and gid 2000 root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:2000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped2/ root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped2/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 2000 2000 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 .. drwx------ 2 2000 2000 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found Let's create another example where we idmap the rootfs filesystem without a mapping for uid 0 and gid 0: # Create an idmapped mount of for a full POSIX range of rootfs under # /mnt but without a mapping for uid 0 to reduce attack surface root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:1:1:65536 / /mnt/ # Since we don't have a mapping for uid and gid 0 all files owned by # uid and gid 0 should show up as uid and gid 65534: root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/ total 664 drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 . drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 .. lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 bin -> usr/bin drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:17 boot drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:48 dev drwxr-xr-x 81 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 etc drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 home lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 lib -> usr/lib lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib32 -> usr/lib32 lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib64 -> usr/lib64 lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 10 Aug 25 07:44 libx32 -> usr/libx32 drwx------ 2 nobody nogroup 16384 Aug 25 07:47 lost+found drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 media drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 mnt drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 opt drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 proc drwx--x--x 6 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:34 root drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:46 run lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 8 Aug 25 07:44 sbin -> usr/sbin drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 srv drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 sys drwxrwxrwt 10 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:19 tmp drwxr-xr-x 14 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 20 13:00 usr drwxr-xr-x 12 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:45 var # Since we do have a mapping for uid and gid 1000 all files owned by # uid and gid 1000 should simply show up as uid and gid 1000: root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/home/ubuntu/ total 40 drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 00:43 . drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 .. -rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 2936 Oct 28 12:26 .bash_history -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 220 Feb 25 2020 .bash_logout -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 3771 Feb 25 2020 .bashrc -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 807 Feb 25 2020 .profile -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 0 Oct 16 16:11 .sudo_as_admin_successful -rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 1144 Oct 28 00:43 .viminfo Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-39-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
H A D	ioctl.c	diff eb8ab444 Fri Jun 16 10:50:49 MDT 2023 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> ext4: make ext4_forced_shutdown() take struct super_block Currently ext4_forced_shutdown() takes struct ext4_sb_info but most callers need to get it from struct super_block anyway. So just pass in struct super_block to save all callers from some boilerplate code. No functional changes. Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230616165109.21695-3-jack@suse.cz Signed-off-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> diff 991ed014 Tue Oct 25 10:23:10 MDT 2022 Baokun Li <libaokun1@huawei.com> ext4: fix bug_on in __es_tree_search caused by bad boot loader inode We got a issue as fllows: ================================================================== kernel BUG at fs/ext4/extents_status.c:203! invalid opcode: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT SMP CPU: 1 PID: 945 Comm: cat Not tainted 6.0.0-next-20221007-dirty #349 RIP: 0010:ext4_es_end.isra.0+0x34/0x42 RSP: 0018:ffffc9000143b768 EFLAGS: 00010203 RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: ffff8881769cd0b8 RCX: 0000000000000000 RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: ffffffff8fc27cf7 RDI: 00000000ffffffff RBP: ffff8881769cd0bc R08: 0000000000000000 R09: ffffc9000143b5f8 R10: 0000000000000001 R11: 0000000000000001 R12: ffff8881769cd0a0 R13: ffff8881768e5668 R14: 00000000768e52f0 R15: 0000000000000000 FS: 00007f359f7f05c0(0000)GS:ffff88842fd00000(0000)knlGS:0000000000000000 CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033 CR2: 00007f359f5a2000 CR3: 000000017130c000 CR4: 00000000000006e0 DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000 DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000fffe0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400 Call Trace: <TASK> __es_tree_search.isra.0+0x6d/0xf5 ext4_es_cache_extent+0xfa/0x230 ext4_cache_extents+0xd2/0x110 ext4_find_extent+0x5d5/0x8c0 ext4_ext_map_blocks+0x9c/0x1d30 ext4_map_blocks+0x431/0xa50 ext4_mpage_readpages+0x48e/0xe40 ext4_readahead+0x47/0x50 read_pages+0x82/0x530 page_cache_ra_unbounded+0x199/0x2a0 do_page_cache_ra+0x47/0x70 page_cache_ra_order+0x242/0x400 ondemand_readahead+0x1e8/0x4b0 page_cache_sync_ra+0xf4/0x110 filemap_get_pages+0x131/0xb20 filemap_read+0xda/0x4b0 generic_file_read_iter+0x13a/0x250 ext4_file_read_iter+0x59/0x1d0 vfs_read+0x28f/0x460 ksys_read+0x73/0x160 __x64_sys_read+0x1e/0x30 do_syscall_64+0x35/0x80 entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x63/0xcd </TASK> ================================================================== In the above issue, ioctl invokes the swap_inode_boot_loader function to swap inode<5> and inode<12>. However, inode<5> contain incorrect imode and disordered extents, and i_nlink is set to 1. The extents check for inode in the ext4_iget function can be bypassed bacause 5 is EXT4_BOOT_LOADER_INO. While links_count is set to 1, the extents are not initialized in swap_inode_boot_loader. After the ioctl command is executed successfully, the extents are swapped to inode<12>, in this case, run the `cat` command to view inode<12>. And Bug_ON is triggered due to the incorrect extents. When the boot loader inode is not initialized, its imode can be one of the following: 1) the imode is a bad type, which is marked as bad_inode in ext4_iget and set to S_IFREG. 2) the imode is good type but not S_IFREG. 3) the imode is S_IFREG. The BUG_ON may be triggered by bypassing the check in cases 1 and 2. Therefore, when the boot loader inode is bad_inode or its imode is not S_IFREG, initialize the inode to avoid triggering the BUG. Signed-off-by: Baokun Li <libaokun1@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Jason Yan <yanaijie@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221026042310.3839669-5-libaokun1@huawei.com Signed-off-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> Cc: stable@kernel.org diff a642c2c0 Thu Sep 08 11:24:42 MDT 2022 Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> ext4: fix i_version handling in ext4 ext4 currently updates the i_version counter when the atime is updated during a read. This is less than ideal as it can cause unnecessary cache invalidations with NFSv4 and unnecessary remeasurements for IMA. The increment in ext4_mark_iloc_dirty is also problematic since it can corrupt the i_version counter for ea_inodes. We aren't bumping the file times in ext4_mark_iloc_dirty, so changing the i_version there seems wrong, and is the cause of both problems. Remove that callsite and add increments to the setattr, setxattr and ioctl codepaths, at the same times that we update the ctime. The i_version bump that already happens during timestamp updates should take care of the rest. In ext4_move_extents, increment the i_version on both inodes, and also add in missing ctime updates. [ Some minor updates since we've already enabled the i_version counter unconditionally already via another patch series. -- TYT ] Cc: stable@kernel.org Cc: Lukas Czerner <lczerner@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220908172448.208585-3-jlayton@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> diff e85c81ba Mon Jan 17 02:36:54 MST 2022 Xin Yin <yinxin.x@bytedance.com> ext4: fast commit may not fallback for ineligible commit For the follow scenario: 1. jbd start commit transaction n 2. task A get new handle for transaction n+1 3. task A do some ineligible actions and mark FC_INELIGIBLE 4. jbd complete transaction n and clean FC_INELIGIBLE 5. task A call fsync In this case fast commit will not fallback to full commit and transaction n+1 also not handled by jbd. Make ext4_fc_mark_ineligible() also record transaction tid for latest ineligible case, when call ext4_fc_cleanup() check current transaction tid, if small than latest ineligible tid do not clear the EXT4_MF_FC_INELIGIBLE. Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com> Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Reported-by: Ritesh Harjani <riteshh@linux.ibm.com> Suggested-by: Harshad Shirwadkar <harshadshirwadkar@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Xin Yin <yinxin.x@bytedance.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220117093655.35160-2-yinxin.x@bytedance.com Signed-off-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> Cc: stable@kernel.org diff 7bbbe241 Thu Dec 23 01:21:38 MST 2021 Harshad Shirwadkar <harshadshirwadkar@gmail.com> ext4: drop ineligible txn start stop APIs This patch drops ext4_fc_start_ineligible() and ext4_fc_stop_ineligible() APIs. Fast commit ineligible transactions should simply call ext4_fc_mark_ineligible() after starting the trasaction. Signed-off-by: Harshad Shirwadkar <harshadshirwadkar@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211223202140.2061101-3-harshads@google.com Signed-off-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> diff 1fc57ca5 Thu Apr 29 04:16:49 MDT 2021 Jiapeng Chong <jiapeng.chong@linux.alibaba.com> ext4: remove redundant assignment to error Variable error is set to zero but this value is never read as it's not used later on, hence it is a redundant assignment and can be removed. Cleans up the following clang-analyzer warning: fs/ext4/ioctl.c:657:3: warning: Value stored to 'error' is never read [clang-analyzer-deadcode.DeadStores]. Reported-by: Abaci Robot <abaci@linux.alibaba.com> Signed-off-by: Jiapeng Chong <jiapeng.chong@linux.alibaba.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1619691409-83160-1-git-send-email-jiapeng.chong@linux.alibaba.com Signed-off-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> diff 14f3db55 Thu Jan 21 06:19:57 MST 2021 Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> ext4: support idmapped mounts Enable idmapped mounts for ext4. All dedicated helpers we need for this exist. So this basically just means we're passing down the user_namespace argument from the VFS methods to the relevant helpers. Let's create simple example where we idmap an ext4 filesystem: root@f2-vm:~# truncate -s 5G ext4.img root@f2-vm:~# mkfs.ext4 ./ext4.img mke2fs 1.45.5 (07-Jan-2020) Discarding device blocks: done Creating filesystem with 1310720 4k blocks and 327680 inodes Filesystem UUID: 3fd91794-c6ca-4b0f-9964-289a000919cf Superblock backups stored on blocks: 32768, 98304, 163840, 229376, 294912, 819200, 884736 Allocating group tables: done Writing inode tables: done Creating journal (16384 blocks): done Writing superblocks and filesystem accounting information: done root@f2-vm:~# losetup -f --show ./ext4.img /dev/loop0 root@f2-vm:~# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt root@f2-vm:~# ls -al /mnt/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 .. drwx------ 2 root root 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found # Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped1 where we map uid and gid # 0 to uid and gid 1000 root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:1000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped1/ root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped1/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 .. drwx------ 2 ubuntu ubuntu 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found # Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped2 where we map uid and gid # 0 to uid and gid 2000 root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:2000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped2/ root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped2/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 2000 2000 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 .. drwx------ 2 2000 2000 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found Let's create another example where we idmap the rootfs filesystem without a mapping for uid 0 and gid 0: # Create an idmapped mount of for a full POSIX range of rootfs under # /mnt but without a mapping for uid 0 to reduce attack surface root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:1:1:65536 / /mnt/ # Since we don't have a mapping for uid and gid 0 all files owned by # uid and gid 0 should show up as uid and gid 65534: root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/ total 664 drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 . drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 .. lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 bin -> usr/bin drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:17 boot drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:48 dev drwxr-xr-x 81 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 etc drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 home lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 lib -> usr/lib lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib32 -> usr/lib32 lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib64 -> usr/lib64 lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 10 Aug 25 07:44 libx32 -> usr/libx32 drwx------ 2 nobody nogroup 16384 Aug 25 07:47 lost+found drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 media drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 mnt drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 opt drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 proc drwx--x--x 6 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:34 root drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:46 run lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 8 Aug 25 07:44 sbin -> usr/sbin drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 srv drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 sys drwxrwxrwt 10 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:19 tmp drwxr-xr-x 14 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 20 13:00 usr drwxr-xr-x 12 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:45 var # Since we do have a mapping for uid and gid 1000 all files owned by # uid and gid 1000 should simply show up as uid and gid 1000: root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/home/ubuntu/ total 40 drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 00:43 . drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 .. -rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 2936 Oct 28 12:26 .bash_history -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 220 Feb 25 2020 .bash_logout -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 3771 Feb 25 2020 .bashrc -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 807 Feb 25 2020 .profile -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 0 Oct 16 16:11 .sudo_as_admin_successful -rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 1144 Oct 28 00:43 .viminfo Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-39-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> diff 14f3db55 Thu Jan 21 06:19:57 MST 2021 Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> ext4: support idmapped mounts Enable idmapped mounts for ext4. All dedicated helpers we need for this exist. So this basically just means we're passing down the user_namespace argument from the VFS methods to the relevant helpers. Let's create simple example where we idmap an ext4 filesystem: root@f2-vm:~# truncate -s 5G ext4.img root@f2-vm:~# mkfs.ext4 ./ext4.img mke2fs 1.45.5 (07-Jan-2020) Discarding device blocks: done Creating filesystem with 1310720 4k blocks and 327680 inodes Filesystem UUID: 3fd91794-c6ca-4b0f-9964-289a000919cf Superblock backups stored on blocks: 32768, 98304, 163840, 229376, 294912, 819200, 884736 Allocating group tables: done Writing inode tables: done Creating journal (16384 blocks): done Writing superblocks and filesystem accounting information: done root@f2-vm:~# losetup -f --show ./ext4.img /dev/loop0 root@f2-vm:~# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt root@f2-vm:~# ls -al /mnt/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 .. drwx------ 2 root root 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found # Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped1 where we map uid and gid # 0 to uid and gid 1000 root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:1000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped1/ root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped1/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 .. drwx------ 2 ubuntu ubuntu 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found # Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped2 where we map uid and gid # 0 to uid and gid 2000 root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:2000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped2/ root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped2/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 2000 2000 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 .. drwx------ 2 2000 2000 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found Let's create another example where we idmap the rootfs filesystem without a mapping for uid 0 and gid 0: # Create an idmapped mount of for a full POSIX range of rootfs under # /mnt but without a mapping for uid 0 to reduce attack surface root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:1:1:65536 / /mnt/ # Since we don't have a mapping for uid and gid 0 all files owned by # uid and gid 0 should show up as uid and gid 65534: root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/ total 664 drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 . drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 .. lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 bin -> usr/bin drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:17 boot drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:48 dev drwxr-xr-x 81 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 etc drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 home lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 lib -> usr/lib lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib32 -> usr/lib32 lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib64 -> usr/lib64 lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 10 Aug 25 07:44 libx32 -> usr/libx32 drwx------ 2 nobody nogroup 16384 Aug 25 07:47 lost+found drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 media drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 mnt drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 opt drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 proc drwx--x--x 6 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:34 root drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:46 run lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 8 Aug 25 07:44 sbin -> usr/sbin drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 srv drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 sys drwxrwxrwt 10 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:19 tmp drwxr-xr-x 14 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 20 13:00 usr drwxr-xr-x 12 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:45 var # Since we do have a mapping for uid and gid 1000 all files owned by # uid and gid 1000 should simply show up as uid and gid 1000: root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/home/ubuntu/ total 40 drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 00:43 . drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 .. -rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 2936 Oct 28 12:26 .bash_history -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 220 Feb 25 2020 .bash_logout -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 3771 Feb 25 2020 .bashrc -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 807 Feb 25 2020 .profile -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 0 Oct 16 16:11 .sudo_as_admin_successful -rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 1144 Oct 28 00:43 .viminfo Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-39-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> diff 14f3db55 Thu Jan 21 06:19:57 MST 2021 Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> ext4: support idmapped mounts Enable idmapped mounts for ext4. All dedicated helpers we need for this exist. So this basically just means we're passing down the user_namespace argument from the VFS methods to the relevant helpers. Let's create simple example where we idmap an ext4 filesystem: root@f2-vm:~# truncate -s 5G ext4.img root@f2-vm:~# mkfs.ext4 ./ext4.img mke2fs 1.45.5 (07-Jan-2020) Discarding device blocks: done Creating filesystem with 1310720 4k blocks and 327680 inodes Filesystem UUID: 3fd91794-c6ca-4b0f-9964-289a000919cf Superblock backups stored on blocks: 32768, 98304, 163840, 229376, 294912, 819200, 884736 Allocating group tables: done Writing inode tables: done Creating journal (16384 blocks): done Writing superblocks and filesystem accounting information: done root@f2-vm:~# losetup -f --show ./ext4.img /dev/loop0 root@f2-vm:~# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt root@f2-vm:~# ls -al /mnt/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 .. drwx------ 2 root root 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found # Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped1 where we map uid and gid # 0 to uid and gid 1000 root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:1000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped1/ root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped1/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 .. drwx------ 2 ubuntu ubuntu 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found # Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped2 where we map uid and gid # 0 to uid and gid 2000 root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:2000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped2/ root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped2/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 2000 2000 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 .. drwx------ 2 2000 2000 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found Let's create another example where we idmap the rootfs filesystem without a mapping for uid 0 and gid 0: # Create an idmapped mount of for a full POSIX range of rootfs under # /mnt but without a mapping for uid 0 to reduce attack surface root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:1:1:65536 / /mnt/ # Since we don't have a mapping for uid and gid 0 all files owned by # uid and gid 0 should show up as uid and gid 65534: root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/ total 664 drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 . drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 .. lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 bin -> usr/bin drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:17 boot drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:48 dev drwxr-xr-x 81 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 etc drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 home lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 lib -> usr/lib lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib32 -> usr/lib32 lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib64 -> usr/lib64 lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 10 Aug 25 07:44 libx32 -> usr/libx32 drwx------ 2 nobody nogroup 16384 Aug 25 07:47 lost+found drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 media drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 mnt drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 opt drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 proc drwx--x--x 6 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:34 root drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:46 run lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 8 Aug 25 07:44 sbin -> usr/sbin drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 srv drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 sys drwxrwxrwt 10 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:19 tmp drwxr-xr-x 14 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 20 13:00 usr drwxr-xr-x 12 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:45 var # Since we do have a mapping for uid and gid 1000 all files owned by # uid and gid 1000 should simply show up as uid and gid 1000: root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/home/ubuntu/ total 40 drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 00:43 . drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 .. -rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 2936 Oct 28 12:26 .bash_history -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 220 Feb 25 2020 .bash_logout -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 3771 Feb 25 2020 .bashrc -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 807 Feb 25 2020 .profile -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 0 Oct 16 16:11 .sudo_as_admin_successful -rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 1144 Oct 28 00:43 .viminfo Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-39-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> diff 14f3db55 Thu Jan 21 06:19:57 MST 2021 Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> ext4: support idmapped mounts Enable idmapped mounts for ext4. All dedicated helpers we need for this exist. So this basically just means we're passing down the user_namespace argument from the VFS methods to the relevant helpers. Let's create simple example where we idmap an ext4 filesystem: root@f2-vm:~# truncate -s 5G ext4.img root@f2-vm:~# mkfs.ext4 ./ext4.img mke2fs 1.45.5 (07-Jan-2020) Discarding device blocks: done Creating filesystem with 1310720 4k blocks and 327680 inodes Filesystem UUID: 3fd91794-c6ca-4b0f-9964-289a000919cf Superblock backups stored on blocks: 32768, 98304, 163840, 229376, 294912, 819200, 884736 Allocating group tables: done Writing inode tables: done Creating journal (16384 blocks): done Writing superblocks and filesystem accounting information: done root@f2-vm:~# losetup -f --show ./ext4.img /dev/loop0 root@f2-vm:~# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt root@f2-vm:~# ls -al /mnt/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 .. drwx------ 2 root root 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found # Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped1 where we map uid and gid # 0 to uid and gid 1000 root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:1000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped1/ root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped1/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 .. drwx------ 2 ubuntu ubuntu 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found # Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped2 where we map uid and gid # 0 to uid and gid 2000 root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:2000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped2/ root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped2/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 2000 2000 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 .. drwx------ 2 2000 2000 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found Let's create another example where we idmap the rootfs filesystem without a mapping for uid 0 and gid 0: # Create an idmapped mount of for a full POSIX range of rootfs under # /mnt but without a mapping for uid 0 to reduce attack surface root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:1:1:65536 / /mnt/ # Since we don't have a mapping for uid and gid 0 all files owned by # uid and gid 0 should show up as uid and gid 65534: root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/ total 664 drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 . drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 .. lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 bin -> usr/bin drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:17 boot drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:48 dev drwxr-xr-x 81 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 etc drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 home lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 lib -> usr/lib lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib32 -> usr/lib32 lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib64 -> usr/lib64 lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 10 Aug 25 07:44 libx32 -> usr/libx32 drwx------ 2 nobody nogroup 16384 Aug 25 07:47 lost+found drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 media drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 mnt drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 opt drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 proc drwx--x--x 6 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:34 root drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:46 run lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 8 Aug 25 07:44 sbin -> usr/sbin drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 srv drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 sys drwxrwxrwt 10 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:19 tmp drwxr-xr-x 14 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 20 13:00 usr drwxr-xr-x 12 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:45 var # Since we do have a mapping for uid and gid 1000 all files owned by # uid and gid 1000 should simply show up as uid and gid 1000: root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/home/ubuntu/ total 40 drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 00:43 . drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 .. -rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 2936 Oct 28 12:26 .bash_history -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 220 Feb 25 2020 .bash_logout -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 3771 Feb 25 2020 .bashrc -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 807 Feb 25 2020 .profile -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 0 Oct 16 16:11 .sudo_as_admin_successful -rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 1144 Oct 28 00:43 .viminfo Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-39-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> diff 14f3db55 Thu Jan 21 06:19:57 MST 2021 Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> ext4: support idmapped mounts Enable idmapped mounts for ext4. All dedicated helpers we need for this exist. So this basically just means we're passing down the user_namespace argument from the VFS methods to the relevant helpers. Let's create simple example where we idmap an ext4 filesystem: root@f2-vm:~# truncate -s 5G ext4.img root@f2-vm:~# mkfs.ext4 ./ext4.img mke2fs 1.45.5 (07-Jan-2020) Discarding device blocks: done Creating filesystem with 1310720 4k blocks and 327680 inodes Filesystem UUID: 3fd91794-c6ca-4b0f-9964-289a000919cf Superblock backups stored on blocks: 32768, 98304, 163840, 229376, 294912, 819200, 884736 Allocating group tables: done Writing inode tables: done Creating journal (16384 blocks): done Writing superblocks and filesystem accounting information: done root@f2-vm:~# losetup -f --show ./ext4.img /dev/loop0 root@f2-vm:~# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt root@f2-vm:~# ls -al /mnt/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 .. drwx------ 2 root root 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found # Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped1 where we map uid and gid # 0 to uid and gid 1000 root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:1000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped1/ root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped1/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 .. drwx------ 2 ubuntu ubuntu 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found # Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped2 where we map uid and gid # 0 to uid and gid 2000 root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:2000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped2/ root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped2/ total 24 drwxr-xr-x 3 2000 2000 4096 Oct 28 13:34 . drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 .. drwx------ 2 2000 2000 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found Let's create another example where we idmap the rootfs filesystem without a mapping for uid 0 and gid 0: # Create an idmapped mount of for a full POSIX range of rootfs under # /mnt but without a mapping for uid 0 to reduce attack surface root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:1:1:65536 / /mnt/ # Since we don't have a mapping for uid and gid 0 all files owned by # uid and gid 0 should show up as uid and gid 65534: root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/ total 664 drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 . drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 .. lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 bin -> usr/bin drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:17 boot drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:48 dev drwxr-xr-x 81 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 etc drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 home lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 lib -> usr/lib lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib32 -> usr/lib32 lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib64 -> usr/lib64 lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 10 Aug 25 07:44 libx32 -> usr/libx32 drwx------ 2 nobody nogroup 16384 Aug 25 07:47 lost+found drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 media drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 mnt drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 opt drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 proc drwx--x--x 6 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:34 root drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:46 run lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 8 Aug 25 07:44 sbin -> usr/sbin drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 srv drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 sys drwxrwxrwt 10 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:19 tmp drwxr-xr-x 14 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 20 13:00 usr drwxr-xr-x 12 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:45 var # Since we do have a mapping for uid and gid 1000 all files owned by # uid and gid 1000 should simply show up as uid and gid 1000: root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/home/ubuntu/ total 40 drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 00:43 . drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 .. -rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 2936 Oct 28 12:26 .bash_history -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 220 Feb 25 2020 .bash_logout -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 3771 Feb 25 2020 .bashrc -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 807 Feb 25 2020 .profile -rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 0 Oct 16 16:11 .sudo_as_admin_successful -rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 1144 Oct 28 00:43 .viminfo Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-39-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
/linux-master/fs/
H A D	utimes.c	diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 2d8f3038 Tue Jul 22 07:59:21 MDT 2008 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> [PATCH] sanitize __user_walk_fd() et.al. * do not pass nameidata; struct path is all the callers want. * switch to new helpers: user_path_at(dfd, pathname, flags, &path) user_path(pathname, &path) user_lpath(pathname, &path) user_path_dir(pathname, &path) (fail if not a directory) The last 3 are trivial macro wrappers for the first one. * remove nameidata in callers. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 4cca9226 Mon Jun 09 22:16:08 MDT 2008 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@googlemail.com> [patch for 2.6.26 3/4] vfs: utimensat(): fix error checking for {UTIME_NOW,UTIME_OMIT} case The POSIX.1 draft spec for utimensat() says: Only a process with the effective user ID equal to the user ID of the file or with appropriate privileges may use futimens() or utimensat() with a non-null times argument that does not have both tv_nsec fields set to UTIME_NOW and does not have both tv_nsec fields set to UTIME_OMIT. If this condition is violated, then the error EPERM should result. However, the current implementation does not generate EPERM if one tv_nsec field is UTIME_NOW while the other is UTIME_OMIT. It should give this error for that case. This patch: a) Repairs that problem. b) Removes the now unneeded nsec_special() helper function. c) Adds some comments to explain the checks that are being performed. Thanks to Miklos, who provided comments on the previous iteration of this patch. As a result, this version is a little simpler and and its logic is better structured. Miklos suggested an alternative idea, migrating the is_owner_or_cap() checks into fs/attr.c:inode_change_ok() via the use of an ATTR_OWNER_CHECK flag. Maybe we could do that later, but for now I've gone with this version, which is IMO simpler, and can be more easily read as being correct. Acked-by: Miklos Szeredi <miklos@szeredi.hu> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 12fd0d30 Mon Jun 09 22:16:07 MDT 2008 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@googlemail.com> [patch for 2.6.26 2/4] vfs: utimensat(): be consistent with utime() for immutable and append-only files This patch fixes utimensat() to make its behavior consistent with that of utime()/utimes() when dealing with files marked immutable and append-only. The current utimensat() implementation also returns EPERM if 'times' is non-NULL and the tv_nsec fields are both UTIME_NOW. For consistency, the (times != NULL && times[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_NOW && times[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_NOW) case should be treated like the traditional utimes() case where 'times' is NULL. That is, the call should succeed for a file marked append-only and should give the error EACCES if the file is marked as immutable. The simple way to do this is to set 'times' to NULL if (times[0].tv_nsec == UTIME_NOW && times[1].tv_nsec == UTIME_NOW). This is also the natural approach, since POSIX.1 semantics consider the times == {{x, UTIME_NOW}, {y, UTIME_NOW}} to be exactly equivalent to the case for times == NULL. (Thanks to Miklos for pointing this out.) Patch 3 in this series relies on the simplification provided by this patch. Acked-by: Miklos Szeredi <miklos@szeredi.hu> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 3bd858ab Tue Jul 17 03:30:08 MDT 2007 Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check Introduce is_owner_or_cap() macro in fs.h, and convert over relevant users to it. This is done because we want to avoid bugs in the future where we check for only effective fsuid of the current task against a file's owning uid, without simultaneously checking for CAP_FOWNER as well, thus violating its semantics. [ XFS uses special macros and structures, and in general looked ... untouchable, so we leave it alone -- but it has been looked over. ] The (current->fsuid != inode->i_uid) check in generic_permission() and exec_permission_lite() is left alone, because those operations are covered by CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE and CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH. Similarly operations falling under the purview of CAP_CHOWN and CAP_LEASE are also left alone. Signed-off-by: Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 3bd858ab Tue Jul 17 03:30:08 MDT 2007 Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check Introduce is_owner_or_cap() macro in fs.h, and convert over relevant users to it. This is done because we want to avoid bugs in the future where we check for only effective fsuid of the current task against a file's owning uid, without simultaneously checking for CAP_FOWNER as well, thus violating its semantics. [ XFS uses special macros and structures, and in general looked ... untouchable, so we leave it alone -- but it has been looked over. ] The (current->fsuid != inode->i_uid) check in generic_permission() and exec_permission_lite() is left alone, because those operations are covered by CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE and CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH. Similarly operations falling under the purview of CAP_CHOWN and CAP_LEASE are also left alone. Signed-off-by: Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
H A D	attr.c	diff 5d1f903f Wed Jul 12 12:58:49 MDT 2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> attr: block mode changes of symlinks Changing the mode of symlinks is meaningless as the vfs doesn't take the mode of a symlink into account during path lookup permission checking. However, the vfs doesn't block mode changes on symlinks. This however, has lead to an untenable mess roughly classifiable into the following two categories: (1) Filesystems that don't implement a i_op->setattr() for symlinks. Such filesystems may or may not know that without i_op->setattr() defined, notify_change() falls back to simple_setattr() causing the inode's mode in the inode cache to be changed. That's a generic issue as this will affect all non-size changing inode attributes including ownership changes. Example: afs (2) Filesystems that fail with EOPNOTSUPP but change the mode of the symlink nonetheless. Some filesystems will happily update the mode of a symlink but still return EOPNOTSUPP. This is the biggest source of confusion for userspace. The EOPNOTSUPP in this case comes from POSIX ACLs. Specifically it comes from filesystems that call posix_acl_chmod(), e.g., btrfs via if (!err && attr->ia_valid & ATTR_MODE) err = posix_acl_chmod(idmap, dentry, inode->i_mode); Filesystems including btrfs don't implement i_op->set_acl() so posix_acl_chmod() will report EOPNOTSUPP. When posix_acl_chmod() is called, most filesystems will have finished updating the inode. Perversely, this has the consequences that this behavior may depend on two kconfig options and mount options: * CONFIG_POSIX_ACL={y,n} * CONFIG_${FSTYPE}_POSIX_ACL={y,n} * Opt_acl, Opt_noacl Example: btrfs, ext4, xfs The only way to change the mode on a symlink currently involves abusing an O_PATH file descriptor in the following manner: fd = openat(-1, "/path/to/link", O_CLOEXEC \| O_PATH \| O_NOFOLLOW); char path[PATH_MAX]; snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "/proc/self/fd/%d", fd); chmod(path, 0000); But for most major filesystems with POSIX ACL support such as btrfs, ext4, ceph, tmpfs, xfs and others this will fail with EOPNOTSUPP with the mode still updated due to the aforementioned posix_acl_chmod() nonsense. So, given that for all major filesystems this would fail with EOPNOTSUPP and that both glibc (cf. [1]) and musl (cf. [2]) outright block mode changes on symlinks we should just try and block mode changes on symlinks directly in the vfs and have a clean break with this nonsense. If this causes any regressions, we do the next best thing and fix up all filesystems that do return EOPNOTSUPP with the mode updated to not call posix_acl_chmod() on symlinks. But as usual, let's try the clean cut solution first. It's a simple patch that can be easily reverted. Not marking this for backport as I'll do that manually if we're reasonably sure that this works and there are no strong objections. We could block this in chmod_common() but it's more appropriate to do it notify_change() as it will also mean that we catch filesystems that change symlink permissions explicitly or accidently. Similar proposals were floated in the past as in [3] and [4] and again recently in [5]. There's also a couple of bugs about this inconsistency as in [6] and [7]. Link: https://sourceware.org/git/?p=glibc.git;a=blob;f=sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/fchmodat.c;h=99527a3727e44cb8661ee1f743068f108ec93979;hb=HEAD [1] Link: https://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/tree/src/stat/fchmodat.c [2] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20200911065733.GA31579@infradead.org [3] Link: https://sourceware.org/legacy-ml/libc-alpha/2020-02/msg00518.html [4] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/87lefmbppo.fsf@oldenburg.str.redhat.com [5] Link: https://sourceware.org/legacy-ml/libc-alpha/2020-02/msg00467.html [6] Link: https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=14578#c17 [7] Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # please backport to all LTSes but not before v6.6-rc2 is tagged Suggested-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Suggested-by: Florian Weimer <fweimer@redhat.com> Message-Id: <20230712-vfs-chmod-symlinks-v2-1-08cfb92b61dd@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> diff 5d1f903f Wed Jul 12 12:58:49 MDT 2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> attr: block mode changes of symlinks Changing the mode of symlinks is meaningless as the vfs doesn't take the mode of a symlink into account during path lookup permission checking. However, the vfs doesn't block mode changes on symlinks. This however, has lead to an untenable mess roughly classifiable into the following two categories: (1) Filesystems that don't implement a i_op->setattr() for symlinks. Such filesystems may or may not know that without i_op->setattr() defined, notify_change() falls back to simple_setattr() causing the inode's mode in the inode cache to be changed. That's a generic issue as this will affect all non-size changing inode attributes including ownership changes. Example: afs (2) Filesystems that fail with EOPNOTSUPP but change the mode of the symlink nonetheless. Some filesystems will happily update the mode of a symlink but still return EOPNOTSUPP. This is the biggest source of confusion for userspace. The EOPNOTSUPP in this case comes from POSIX ACLs. Specifically it comes from filesystems that call posix_acl_chmod(), e.g., btrfs via if (!err && attr->ia_valid & ATTR_MODE) err = posix_acl_chmod(idmap, dentry, inode->i_mode); Filesystems including btrfs don't implement i_op->set_acl() so posix_acl_chmod() will report EOPNOTSUPP. When posix_acl_chmod() is called, most filesystems will have finished updating the inode. Perversely, this has the consequences that this behavior may depend on two kconfig options and mount options: * CONFIG_POSIX_ACL={y,n} * CONFIG_${FSTYPE}_POSIX_ACL={y,n} * Opt_acl, Opt_noacl Example: btrfs, ext4, xfs The only way to change the mode on a symlink currently involves abusing an O_PATH file descriptor in the following manner: fd = openat(-1, "/path/to/link", O_CLOEXEC \| O_PATH \| O_NOFOLLOW); char path[PATH_MAX]; snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "/proc/self/fd/%d", fd); chmod(path, 0000); But for most major filesystems with POSIX ACL support such as btrfs, ext4, ceph, tmpfs, xfs and others this will fail with EOPNOTSUPP with the mode still updated due to the aforementioned posix_acl_chmod() nonsense. So, given that for all major filesystems this would fail with EOPNOTSUPP and that both glibc (cf. [1]) and musl (cf. [2]) outright block mode changes on symlinks we should just try and block mode changes on symlinks directly in the vfs and have a clean break with this nonsense. If this causes any regressions, we do the next best thing and fix up all filesystems that do return EOPNOTSUPP with the mode updated to not call posix_acl_chmod() on symlinks. But as usual, let's try the clean cut solution first. It's a simple patch that can be easily reverted. Not marking this for backport as I'll do that manually if we're reasonably sure that this works and there are no strong objections. We could block this in chmod_common() but it's more appropriate to do it notify_change() as it will also mean that we catch filesystems that change symlink permissions explicitly or accidently. Similar proposals were floated in the past as in [3] and [4] and again recently in [5]. There's also a couple of bugs about this inconsistency as in [6] and [7]. Link: https://sourceware.org/git/?p=glibc.git;a=blob;f=sysdeps/unix/sysv/linux/fchmodat.c;h=99527a3727e44cb8661ee1f743068f108ec93979;hb=HEAD [1] Link: https://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/tree/src/stat/fchmodat.c [2] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20200911065733.GA31579@infradead.org [3] Link: https://sourceware.org/legacy-ml/libc-alpha/2020-02/msg00518.html [4] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/87lefmbppo.fsf@oldenburg.str.redhat.com [5] Link: https://sourceware.org/legacy-ml/libc-alpha/2020-02/msg00467.html [6] Link: https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=14578#c17 [7] Reviewed-by: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com> Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # please backport to all LTSes but not before v6.6-rc2 is tagged Suggested-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Suggested-by: Florian Weimer <fweimer@redhat.com> Message-Id: <20230712-vfs-chmod-symlinks-v2-1-08cfb92b61dd@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> diff 3fae1746 Tue Jul 03 09:08:34 MDT 2018 Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> fs: Fix attr.c kernel-doc A couple of minor warnings. Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a /uapi/ one with no licensing information in it, - file was a /uapi/ one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non /uapi/ files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a /uapi/ path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the /uapi/ ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------\|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 3f07c014 Wed Feb 08 10:51:30 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare for new header dependencies before moving code to <linux/sched/signal.h> We are going to split <linux/sched/signal.h> out of <linux/sched.h>, which will have to be picked up from other headers and a couple of .c files. Create a trivial placeholder <linux/sched/signal.h> file that just maps to <linux/sched.h> to make this patch obviously correct and bisectable. Include the new header in the files that are going to need it. Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
H A D	fcntl.c	diff e769779c0 Fri Feb 02 01:39:21 MST 2024 Bart Van Assche <bvanassche@acm.org> fs: Verify write lifetime constants at compile time The code in fs/fcntl.c converts RWH_* constants to and from WRITE_LIFE_* constants using casts. Verify at compile time that these casts will yield the intended effect. Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Suggested-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Reviewed-by: Johannes Thumshirn <johannes.thumshirn@wdc.com> Signed-off-by: Bart Van Assche <bvanassche@acm.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240202203926.2478590-3-bvanassche@acm.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> diff 7b12e496 Mon Mar 07 23:05:29 MST 2022 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> fs: remove fs.f_write_hint The value is now completely unused except for reporting it back through the F_GET_FILE_RW_HINT ioctl, so remove the value and the two ioctls for it. Trying to use the F_SET_FILE_RW_HINT and F_GET_FILE_RW_HINT fcntls will now return EINVAL, just like it would on a kernel that never supported this functionality in the first place. Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Reviewed-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <kch@nvidia.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220308060529.736277-3-hch@lst.de Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> diff e8865537 Mon Jul 12 10:09:13 MDT 2021 Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org> fcntl: Fix unreachable code in do_fcntl() Fix the following warning: fs/fcntl.c:373:3: warning: fallthrough annotation in unreachable code [-Wimplicit-fallthrough] fallthrough; ^ include/linux/compiler_attributes.h:210:41: note: expanded from macro 'fallthrough' # define fallthrough __attribute__((__fallthrough__)) by placing the fallthrough; statement inside ifdeffery. Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org> diff 9a7f12ed Fri Sep 20 09:58:21 MDT 2019 Eugene Syromiatnikov <esyr@redhat.com> fcntl: fix typo in RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET r/w hint name According to commit message in the original commit c75b1d9421f8 ("fs: add fcntl() interface for setting/getting write life time hints"), as well as userspace library[1] and man page update[2], R/W hint constants are intended to have RWH_* prefix. However, RWF_WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET retained "RWF_" prefix used in the early versions of the proposed patch set[3]. Rename it and provide the old name as a synonym for the new one for backward compatibility. [1] https://github.com/axboe/fio/commit/bd553af6c849 [2] https://github.com/mkerrisk/man-pages/commit/580082a186fd [3] https://www.mail-archive.com/linux-block@vger.kernel.org/msg09638.html Fixes: c75b1d9421f8 ("fs: add fcntl() interface for setting/getting write life time hints") Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Eugene Syromiatnikov <esyr@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> diff 9a7f12ed Fri Sep 20 09:58:21 MDT 2019 Eugene Syromiatnikov <esyr@redhat.com> fcntl: fix typo in RWH_WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET r/w hint name According to commit message in the original commit c75b1d9421f8 ("fs: add fcntl() interface for setting/getting write life time hints"), as well as userspace library[1] and man page update[2], R/W hint constants are intended to have RWH_ prefix. However, RWF_WRITE_LIFE_NOT_SET retained "RWF_*" prefix used in the early versions of the proposed patch set[3]. Rename it and provide the old name as a synonym for the new one for backward compatibility. [1] https://github.com/axboe/fio/commit/bd553af6c849 [2] https://github.com/mkerrisk/man-pages/commit/580082a186fd [3] https://www.mail-archive.com/linux-block@vger.kernel.org/msg09638.html Fixes: c75b1d9421f8 ("fs: add fcntl() interface for setting/getting write life time hints") Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Eugene Syromiatnikov <esyr@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> diff 0a4c9265 Wed Jan 23 01:48:28 MST 2019 Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com> fs: mark expected switch fall-throughs In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases where we are expecting to fall through. This patch fixes the following warnings: fs/affs/affs.h:124:38: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/configfs/dir.c:1692:11: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/configfs/dir.c:1694:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ceph/file.c:249:3: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext4/hash.c:233:15: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext4/hash.c:246:15: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext2/inode.c:1237:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext2/inode.c:1244:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext4/indirect.c:1182:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext4/indirect.c:1188:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext4/indirect.c:1432:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext4/indirect.c:1440:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/f2fs/node.c:618:8: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/f2fs/node.c:620:8: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/btrfs/ref-verify.c:522:15: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/gfs2/bmap.c:711:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/gfs2/bmap.c:722:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/jffs2/fs.c:339:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/nfsd/nfs4proc.c:429:12: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ufs/util.h:62:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ufs/util.h:43:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/fcntl.c:770:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/seq_file.c:319:10: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/libfs.c:148:11: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/libfs.c:150:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/signalfd.c:178:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/locks.c:1473:16: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] Warning level 3 was used: -Wimplicit-fallthrough=3 This patch is part of the ongoing efforts to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough. Reviewed-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com> diff 0a4c9265 Wed Jan 23 01:48:28 MST 2019 Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com> fs: mark expected switch fall-throughs In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases where we are expecting to fall through. This patch fixes the following warnings: fs/affs/affs.h:124:38: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/configfs/dir.c:1692:11: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/configfs/dir.c:1694:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ceph/file.c:249:3: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext4/hash.c:233:15: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext4/hash.c:246:15: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext2/inode.c:1237:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext2/inode.c:1244:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext4/indirect.c:1182:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext4/indirect.c:1188:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext4/indirect.c:1432:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext4/indirect.c:1440:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/f2fs/node.c:618:8: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/f2fs/node.c:620:8: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/btrfs/ref-verify.c:522:15: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/gfs2/bmap.c:711:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/gfs2/bmap.c:722:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/jffs2/fs.c:339:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/nfsd/nfs4proc.c:429:12: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ufs/util.h:62:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ufs/util.h:43:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/fcntl.c:770:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/seq_file.c:319:10: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/libfs.c:148:11: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/libfs.c:150:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/signalfd.c:178:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/locks.c:1473:16: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] Warning level 3 was used: -Wimplicit-fallthrough=3 This patch is part of the ongoing efforts to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough. Reviewed-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com> diff 0a4c9265 Wed Jan 23 01:48:28 MST 2019 Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com> fs: mark expected switch fall-throughs In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases where we are expecting to fall through. This patch fixes the following warnings: fs/affs/affs.h:124:38: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/configfs/dir.c:1692:11: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/configfs/dir.c:1694:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ceph/file.c:249:3: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext4/hash.c:233:15: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext4/hash.c:246:15: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext2/inode.c:1237:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext2/inode.c:1244:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext4/indirect.c:1182:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext4/indirect.c:1188:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext4/indirect.c:1432:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ext4/indirect.c:1440:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/f2fs/node.c:618:8: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/f2fs/node.c:620:8: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/btrfs/ref-verify.c:522:15: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/gfs2/bmap.c:711:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/gfs2/bmap.c:722:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/jffs2/fs.c:339:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/nfsd/nfs4proc.c:429:12: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ufs/util.h:62:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/ufs/util.h:43:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/fcntl.c:770:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/seq_file.c:319:10: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/libfs.c:148:11: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/libfs.c:150:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/signalfd.c:178:7: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] fs/locks.c:1473:16: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=] Warning level 3 was used: -Wimplicit-fallthrough=3 This patch is part of the ongoing efforts to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough. Reviewed-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com> diff 7a107c0f Thu Apr 05 05:58:06 MDT 2018 Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com> fasync: Fix deadlock between task-context and interrupt-context kill_fasync() I observed the following deadlock between them: [task 1] [task 2] [task 3] kill_fasync() mm_update_next_owner() copy_process() spin_lock_irqsave(&fa->fa_lock) read_lock(&tasklist_lock) write_lock_irq(&tasklist_lock) send_sigio() <IRQ> ... read_lock(&fown->lock) kill_fasync() ... read_lock(&tasklist_lock) spin_lock_irqsave(&fa->fa_lock) ... Task 1 can't acquire read locked tasklist_lock, since there is already task 3 expressed its wish to take the lock exclusive. Task 2 holds the read locked lock, but it can't take the spin lock. Also, there is possible another deadlock (which I haven't observed): [task 1] [task 2] f_getown() kill_fasync() read_lock(&f_own->lock) spin_lock_irqsave(&fa->fa_lock,) <IRQ> send_sigio() write_lock_irq(&f_own->lock) kill_fasync() read_lock(&fown->lock) spin_lock_irqsave(&fa->fa_lock,) Actually, we do not need exclusive fa->fa_lock in kill_fasync_rcu(), as it guarantees fa->fa_file->f_owner integrity only. It may seem, that it used to give a task a small possibility to receive two sequential signals, if there are two parallel kill_fasync() callers, and task handles the first signal fastly, but the behaviour won't become different, since there is exclusive sighand lock in do_send_sig_info(). The patch converts fa_lock into rwlock_t, and this fixes two above deadlocks, as rwlock is allowed to be taken from interrupt handler by qrwlock design. Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> diff 7a107c0f Thu Apr 05 05:58:06 MDT 2018 Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com> fasync: Fix deadlock between task-context and interrupt-context kill_fasync() I observed the following deadlock between them: [task 1] [task 2] [task 3] kill_fasync() mm_update_next_owner() copy_process() spin_lock_irqsave(&fa->fa_lock) read_lock(&tasklist_lock) write_lock_irq(&tasklist_lock) send_sigio() <IRQ> ... read_lock(&fown->lock) kill_fasync() ... read_lock(&tasklist_lock) spin_lock_irqsave(&fa->fa_lock) ... Task 1 can't acquire read locked tasklist_lock, since there is already task 3 expressed its wish to take the lock exclusive. Task 2 holds the read locked lock, but it can't take the spin lock. Also, there is possible another deadlock (which I haven't observed): [task 1] [task 2] f_getown() kill_fasync() read_lock(&f_own->lock) spin_lock_irqsave(&fa->fa_lock,) <IRQ> send_sigio() write_lock_irq(&f_own->lock) kill_fasync() read_lock(&fown->lock) spin_lock_irqsave(&fa->fa_lock,) Actually, we do not need exclusive fa->fa_lock in kill_fasync_rcu(), as it guarantees fa->fa_file->f_owner integrity only. It may seem, that it used to give a task a small possibility to receive two sequential signals, if there are two parallel kill_fasync() callers, and task handles the first signal fastly, but the behaviour won't become different, since there is exclusive sighand lock in do_send_sig_info(). The patch converts fa_lock into rwlock_t, and this fixes two above deadlocks, as rwlock is allowed to be taken from interrupt handler by qrwlock design. Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
H A D	xattr.c	diff 3a7bb21b Tue May 16 06:46:54 MDT 2023 Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> fs: don't call posix_acl_listxattr in generic_listxattr Commit f2620f166e2a caused the kernel to start emitting POSIX ACL xattrs for NFSv4 inodes, which it doesn't support. The only other user of generic_listxattr is HFS (classic) and it doesn't support POSIX ACLs either. Fixes: f2620f166e2a xattr: simplify listxattr helpers Reported-by: Ondrej Valousek <ondrej.valousek.xm@renesas.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230516124655.82283-1-jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> diff 3b4c7bc0 Fri Nov 04 06:52:42 MDT 2022 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> xattr: use rbtree for simple_xattrs A while ago Vasily reported that it is possible to set a large number of xattrs on inodes of filesystems that make use of the simple xattr infrastructure. This includes all kernfs-based filesystems that support xattrs (e.g., cgroupfs and tmpfs). Both cgroupfs and tmpfs can be mounted by unprivileged users in unprivileged containers and root in an unprivileged container can set an unrestricted number of security.* xattrs and privileged users can also set unlimited trusted.* xattrs. As there are apparently users that have a fairly large number of xattrs we should scale a bit better. Other xattrs such as user.* are restricted for kernfs-based instances to a fairly limited number. Using a simple linked list protected by a spinlock used for set, get, and list operations doesn't scale well if users use a lot of xattrs even if it's not a crazy number. There's no need to bring in the big guns like rhashtables or rw semaphores for this. An rbtree with a rwlock, or limited rcu semanics and seqlock is enough. It scales within the constraints we are working in. By far the most common operation is getting an xattr. Setting xattrs should be a moderately rare operation. And listxattr() often only happens when copying xattrs between files or together with the contents to a new file. Holding a lock across listxattr() is unproblematic because it doesn't list the values of xattrs. It can only be used to list the names of all xattrs set on a file. And the number of xattr names that can be listed with listxattr() is limited to XATTR_LIST_MAX aka 65536 bytes. If a larger buffer is passed then vfs_listxattr() caps it to XATTR_LIST_MAX and if more xattr names are found it will return -E2BIG. In short, the maximum amount of memory that can be retrieved via listxattr() is limited. Of course, the API is broken as documented on xattr(7) already. In the future we might want to address this but for now this is the world we live in and have lived for a long time. But it does indeed mean that once an application goes over XATTR_LIST_MAX limit of xattrs set on an inode it isn't possible to copy the file and include its xattrs in the copy unless the caller knows all xattrs or limits the copy of the xattrs to important ones it knows by name (At least for tmpfs, and kernfs-based filesystems. Other filesystems might provide ways of achieving this.). Bonus of this port to rbtree+rwlock is that we shrink the memory consumption for users of the simple xattr infrastructure. Also add proper kernel documentation to all the functions. A big thanks to Paul for his comments. Cc: Vasily Averin <vvs@openvz.org> Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@kernel.org> Acked-by: Roman Gushchin <roman.gushchin@linux.dev> Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org> diff c975cad9 Sun Apr 24 18:13:50 MDT 2022 Stefan Roesch <shr@fb.com> fs: split off do_getxattr from getxattr This splits off do_getxattr function from the getxattr function. This will allow io_uring to call it from its io worker. Signed-off-by: Stefan Roesch <shr@fb.com> Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220323154420.3301504-3-shr@fb.com Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> diff 3a3e159d Mon Dec 10 22:10:16 MST 2012 Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> vfs: make lgetxattr retry once on ESTALE Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 2d8f3038 Tue Jul 22 07:59:21 MDT 2008 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> [PATCH] sanitize __user_walk_fd() et.al. * do not pass nameidata; struct path is all the callers want. * switch to new helpers: user_path_at(dfd, pathname, flags, &path) user_path(pathname, &path) user_lpath(pathname, &path) user_path_dir(pathname, &path) (fail if not a directory) The last 3 are trivial macro wrappers for the first one. * remove nameidata in callers. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 3bd858ab Tue Jul 17 03:30:08 MDT 2007 Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check Introduce is_owner_or_cap() macro in fs.h, and convert over relevant users to it. This is done because we want to avoid bugs in the future where we check for only effective fsuid of the current task against a file's owning uid, without simultaneously checking for CAP_FOWNER as well, thus violating its semantics. [ XFS uses special macros and structures, and in general looked ... untouchable, so we leave it alone -- but it has been looked over. ] The (current->fsuid != inode->i_uid) check in generic_permission() and exec_permission_lite() is left alone, because those operations are covered by CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE and CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH. Similarly operations falling under the purview of CAP_CHOWN and CAP_LEASE are also left alone. Signed-off-by: Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 3bd858ab Tue Jul 17 03:30:08 MDT 2007 Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Introduce is_owner_or_cap() to wrap CAP_FOWNER use with fsuid check Introduce is_owner_or_cap() macro in fs.h, and convert over relevant users to it. This is done because we want to avoid bugs in the future where we check for only effective fsuid of the current task against a file's owning uid, without simultaneously checking for CAP_FOWNER as well, thus violating its semantics. [ XFS uses special macros and structures, and in general looked ... untouchable, so we leave it alone -- but it has been looked over. ] The (current->fsuid != inode->i_uid) check in generic_permission() and exec_permission_lite() is left alone, because those operations are covered by CAP_DAC_OVERRIDE and CAP_DAC_READ_SEARCH. Similarly operations falling under the purview of CAP_CHOWN and CAP_LEASE are also left alone. Signed-off-by: Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in> Cc: Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk> Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 5be196e5 Mon Jan 09 21:51:55 MST 2006 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> [PATCH] add vfs_* helpers for xattr operations Add vfs_getxattr, vfs_setxattr and vfs_removexattr helpers for common checks around invocation of the xattr methods. NFSD already was missing some of the checks and there will be more soon. Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org> (James, I haven't touched selinux yet because it's doing various odd things and I'm not sure how it would interact with the security attribute fallbacks you added. Could you investigate whether it could use vfs_getxattr or if not add a __vfs_getxattr helper to share the bits it is fine with?) For NFSv4: instead of just converting it add an nfsd_getxattr helper for the code shared by NFSv2/3 and NFSv4 ACLs. In fact that code isn't even NFS-specific, but I'll wait for more users to pop up first before moving it to common code. Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Acked-by: Dave Kleikamp <shaggy@austin.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de> Signed-off-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
H A D	namei.c	diff 03adc61e Thu Oct 12 15:55:18 MDT 2023 Dan Clash <daclash@linux.microsoft.com> audit,io_uring: io_uring openat triggers audit reference count underflow An io_uring openat operation can update an audit reference count from multiple threads resulting in the call trace below. A call to io_uring_submit() with a single openat op with a flag of IOSQE_ASYNC results in the following reference count updates. These first part of the system call performs two increments that do not race. do_syscall_64() __do_sys_io_uring_enter() io_submit_sqes() io_openat_prep() __io_openat_prep() getname() getname_flags() /* update 1 (increment) / __audit_getname() / update 2 (increment) / The openat op is queued to an io_uring worker thread which starts the opportunity for a race. The system call exit performs one decrement. do_syscall_64() syscall_exit_to_user_mode() syscall_exit_to_user_mode_prepare() __audit_syscall_exit() audit_reset_context() putname() / update 3 (decrement) / The io_uring worker thread performs one increment and two decrements. These updates can race with the system call decrement. io_wqe_worker() io_worker_handle_work() io_wq_submit_work() io_issue_sqe() io_openat() io_openat2() do_filp_open() path_openat() __audit_inode() / update 4 (increment) / putname() / update 5 (decrement) / __audit_uring_exit() audit_reset_context() putname() / update 6 (decrement) / The fix is to change the refcnt member of struct audit_names from int to atomic_t. kernel BUG at fs/namei.c:262! Call Trace: ... ? putname+0x68/0x70 audit_reset_context.part.0.constprop.0+0xe1/0x300 __audit_uring_exit+0xda/0x1c0 io_issue_sqe+0x1f3/0x450 ? lock_timer_base+0x3b/0xd0 io_wq_submit_work+0x8d/0x2b0 ? __try_to_del_timer_sync+0x67/0xa0 io_worker_handle_work+0x17c/0x2b0 io_wqe_worker+0x10a/0x350 Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Link: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/MW2PR2101MB1033FFF044A258F84AEAA584F1C9A@MW2PR2101MB1033.namprd21.prod.outlook.com/ Fixes: 5bd2182d58e9 ("audit,io_uring,io-wq: add some basic audit support to io_uring") Signed-off-by: Dan Clash <daclash@linux.microsoft.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231012215518.GA4048@linuxonhyperv3.guj3yctzbm1etfxqx2vob5hsef.xx.internal.cloudapp.net Reviewed-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> diff 3e9d4c59 Fri Sep 23 23:00:00 MDT 2022 Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> vfs: make vfs_tmpfile() static No callers outside of fs/namei.c anymore. Reviewed-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> diff 1639a49c Thu Jul 14 00:11:27 MDT 2022 Yang Xu <xuyang2018.jy@fujitsu.com> fs: move S_ISGID stripping into the vfs_() helpers Move setgid handling out of individual filesystems and into the VFS itself to stop the proliferation of setgid inheritance bugs. Creating files that have both the S_IXGRP and S_ISGID bit raised in directories that themselves have the S_ISGID bit set requires additional privileges to avoid security issues. When a filesystem creates a new inode it needs to take care that the caller is either in the group of the newly created inode or they have CAP_FSETID in their current user namespace and are privileged over the parent directory of the new inode. If any of these two conditions is true then the S_ISGID bit can be raised for an S_IXGRP file and if not it needs to be stripped. However, there are several key issues with the current implementation: * S_ISGID stripping logic is entangled with umask stripping. If a filesystem doesn't support or enable POSIX ACLs then umask stripping is done directly in the vfs before calling into the filesystem. If the filesystem does support POSIX ACLs then unmask stripping may be done in the filesystem itself when calling posix_acl_create(). Since umask stripping has an effect on S_ISGID inheritance, e.g., by stripping the S_IXGRP bit from the file to be created and all relevant filesystems have to call posix_acl_create() before inode_init_owner() where we currently take care of S_ISGID handling S_ISGID handling is order dependent. IOW, whether or not you get a setgid bit depends on POSIX ACLs and umask and in what order they are called. Note that technically filesystems are free to impose their own ordering between posix_acl_create() and inode_init_owner() meaning that there's additional ordering issues that influence S_SIGID inheritance. * Filesystems that don't rely on inode_init_owner() don't get S_ISGID stripping logic. While that may be intentional (e.g. network filesystems might just defer setgid stripping to a server) it is often just a security issue. This is not just ugly it's unsustainably messy especially since we do still have bugs in this area years after the initial round of setgid bugfixes. So the current state is quite messy and while we won't be able to make it completely clean as posix_acl_create() is still a filesystem specific call we can improve the S_SIGD stripping situation quite a bit by hoisting it out of inode_init_owner() and into the vfs creation operations. This means we alleviate the burden for filesystems to handle S_ISGID stripping correctly and can standardize the ordering between S_ISGID and umask stripping in the vfs. We add a new helper vfs_prepare_mode() so S_ISGID handling is now done in the VFS before umask handling. This has S_ISGID handling is unaffected unaffected by whether umask stripping is done by the VFS itself (if no POSIX ACLs are supported or enabled) or in the filesystem in posix_acl_create() (if POSIX ACLs are supported). The vfs_prepare_mode() helper is called directly in vfs_() helpers that create new filesystem objects. We need to move them into there to make sure that filesystems like overlayfs hat have callchains like: sys_mknod() -> do_mknodat(mode) -> .mknod = ovl_mknod(mode) -> ovl_create(mode) -> vfs_mknod(mode) get S_ISGID stripping done when calling into lower filesystems via vfs_() creation helpers. Moving vfs_prepare_mode() into e.g. vfs_mknod() takes care of that. This is in any case semantically cleaner because S_ISGID stripping is VFS security requirement. Security hooks so far have seen the mode with the umask applied but without S_ISGID handling done. The relevant hooks are called outside of vfs_() creation helpers so by calling vfs_prepare_mode() from vfs_() helpers the security hooks would now see the mode without umask stripping applied. For now we fix this by passing the mode with umask settings applied to not risk any regressions for LSM hooks. IOW, nothing changes for LSM hooks. It is worth pointing out that security hooks never saw the mode that is seen by the filesystem when actually creating the file. They have always been completely misplaced for that to work. The following filesystems use inode_init_owner() and thus relied on S_ISGID stripping: spufs, 9p, bfs, btrfs, ext2, ext4, f2fs, hfsplus, hugetlbfs, jfs, minix, nilfs2, ntfs3, ocfs2, omfs, overlayfs, ramfs, reiserfs, sysv, ubifs, udf, ufs, xfs, zonefs, bpf, tmpfs. All of the above filesystems end up calling inode_init_owner() when new filesystem objects are created through the ->mkdir(), ->mknod(), ->create(), ->tmpfile(), ->rename() inode operations. Since directories always inherit the S_ISGID bit with the exception of xfs when irix_sgid_inherit mode is turned on S_ISGID stripping doesn't apply. The ->symlink() and ->link() inode operations trivially inherit the mode from the target and the ->rename() inode operation inherits the mode from the source inode. All other creation inode operations will get S_ISGID handling via vfs_prepare_mode() when called from their relevant vfs_() helpers. In addition to this there are filesystems which allow the creation of filesystem objects through ioctl()s or - in the case of spufs - circumventing the vfs in other ways. If filesystem objects are created through ioctl()s the vfs doesn't know about it and can't apply regular permission checking including S_ISGID logic. Therfore, a filesystem relying on S_ISGID stripping in inode_init_owner() in their ioctl() callpath will be affected by moving this logic into the vfs. We audited those filesystems: btrfs allows the creation of filesystem objects through various ioctls(). Snapshot creation literally takes a snapshot and so the mode is fully preserved and S_ISGID stripping doesn't apply. Creating a new subvolum relies on inode_init_owner() in btrfs_new_subvol_inode() but only creates directories and doesn't raise S_ISGID. * ocfs2 has a peculiar implementation of reflinks. In contrast to e.g. xfs and btrfs FICLONE/FICLONERANGE ioctl() that is only concerned with the actual extents ocfs2 uses a separate ioctl() that also creates the target file. Iow, ocfs2 circumvents the vfs entirely here and did indeed rely on inode_init_owner() to strip the S_ISGID bit. This is the only place where a filesystem needs to call mode_strip_sgid() directly but this is self-inflicted pain. * spufs doesn't go through the vfs at all and doesn't use ioctl()s either. Instead it has a dedicated system call spufs_create() which allows the creation of filesystem objects. But spufs only creates directories and doesn't allo S_SIGID bits, i.e. it specifically only allows 0777 bits. * bpf uses vfs_mkobj() but also doesn't allow S_ISGID bits to be created. The patch will have an effect on ext2 when the EXT2_MOUNT_GRPID mount option is used, on ext4 when the EXT4_MOUNT_GRPID mount option is used, and on xfs when the XFS_FEAT_GRPID mount option is used. When any of these filesystems are mounted with their respective GRPID option then newly created files inherit the parent directories group unconditionally. In these cases non of the filesystems call inode_init_owner() and thus did never strip the S_ISGID bit for newly created files. Moving this logic into the VFS means that they now get the S_ISGID bit stripped. This is a user visible change. If this leads to regressions we will either need to figure out a better way or we need to revert. However, given the various setgid bugs that we found just in the last two years this is a regression risk we should take. Associated with this change is a new set of fstests to enforce the semantics for all new filesystems. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/ceph-devel/20220427092201.wvsdjbnc7b4dttaw@wittgenstein [1] Link: e014f37db1a2 ("xfs: use setattr_copy to set vfs inode attributes") [2] Link: 01ea173e103e ("xfs: fix up non-directory creation in SGID directories") [3] Link: fd84bfdddd16 ("ceph: fix up non-directory creation in SGID directories") [4] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1657779088-2242-3-git-send-email-xuyang2018.jy@fujitsu.com Suggested-by: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Darrick J. Wong <djwong@kernel.org> Reviewed-and-Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Yang Xu <xuyang2018.jy@fujitsu.com> [<brauner@kernel.org>: rewrote commit message] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org> diff 1639a49c Thu Jul 14 00:11:27 MDT 2022 Yang Xu <xuyang2018.jy@fujitsu.com> fs: move S_ISGID stripping into the vfs_() helpers Move setgid handling out of individual filesystems and into the VFS itself to stop the proliferation of setgid inheritance bugs. Creating files that have both the S_IXGRP and S_ISGID bit raised in directories that themselves have the S_ISGID bit set requires additional privileges to avoid security issues. When a filesystem creates a new inode it needs to take care that the caller is either in the group of the newly created inode or they have CAP_FSETID in their current user namespace and are privileged over the parent directory of the new inode. If any of these two conditions is true then the S_ISGID bit can be raised for an S_IXGRP file and if not it needs to be stripped. However, there are several key issues with the current implementation: S_ISGID stripping logic is entangled with umask stripping. If a filesystem doesn't support or enable POSIX ACLs then umask stripping is done directly in the vfs before calling into the filesystem. If the filesystem does support POSIX ACLs then unmask stripping may be done in the filesystem itself when calling posix_acl_create(). Since umask stripping has an effect on S_ISGID inheritance, e.g., by stripping the S_IXGRP bit from the file to be created and all relevant filesystems have to call posix_acl_create() before inode_init_owner() where we currently take care of S_ISGID handling S_ISGID handling is order dependent. IOW, whether or not you get a setgid bit depends on POSIX ACLs and umask and in what order they are called. Note that technically filesystems are free to impose their own ordering between posix_acl_create() and inode_init_owner() meaning that there's additional ordering issues that influence S_SIGID inheritance. * Filesystems that don't rely on inode_init_owner() don't get S_ISGID stripping logic. While that may be intentional (e.g. network filesystems might just defer setgid stripping to a server) it is often just a security issue. This is not just ugly it's unsustainably messy especially since we do still have bugs in this area years after the initial round of setgid bugfixes. So the current state is quite messy and while we won't be able to make it completely clean as posix_acl_create() is still a filesystem specific call we can improve the S_SIGD stripping situation quite a bit by hoisting it out of inode_init_owner() and into the vfs creation operations. This means we alleviate the burden for filesystems to handle S_ISGID stripping correctly and can standardize the ordering between S_ISGID and umask stripping in the vfs. We add a new helper vfs_prepare_mode() so S_ISGID handling is now done in the VFS before umask handling. This has S_ISGID handling is unaffected unaffected by whether umask stripping is done by the VFS itself (if no POSIX ACLs are supported or enabled) or in the filesystem in posix_acl_create() (if POSIX ACLs are supported). The vfs_prepare_mode() helper is called directly in vfs_() helpers that create new filesystem objects. We need to move them into there to make sure that filesystems like overlayfs hat have callchains like: sys_mknod() -> do_mknodat(mode) -> .mknod = ovl_mknod(mode) -> ovl_create(mode) -> vfs_mknod(mode) get S_ISGID stripping done when calling into lower filesystems via vfs_() creation helpers. Moving vfs_prepare_mode() into e.g. vfs_mknod() takes care of that. This is in any case semantically cleaner because S_ISGID stripping is VFS security requirement. Security hooks so far have seen the mode with the umask applied but without S_ISGID handling done. The relevant hooks are called outside of vfs_() creation helpers so by calling vfs_prepare_mode() from vfs_() helpers the security hooks would now see the mode without umask stripping applied. For now we fix this by passing the mode with umask settings applied to not risk any regressions for LSM hooks. IOW, nothing changes for LSM hooks. It is worth pointing out that security hooks never saw the mode that is seen by the filesystem when actually creating the file. They have always been completely misplaced for that to work. The following filesystems use inode_init_owner() and thus relied on S_ISGID stripping: spufs, 9p, bfs, btrfs, ext2, ext4, f2fs, hfsplus, hugetlbfs, jfs, minix, nilfs2, ntfs3, ocfs2, omfs, overlayfs, ramfs, reiserfs, sysv, ubifs, udf, ufs, xfs, zonefs, bpf, tmpfs. All of the above filesystems end up calling inode_init_owner() when new filesystem objects are created through the ->mkdir(), ->mknod(), ->create(), ->tmpfile(), ->rename() inode operations. Since directories always inherit the S_ISGID bit with the exception of xfs when irix_sgid_inherit mode is turned on S_ISGID stripping doesn't apply. The ->symlink() and ->link() inode operations trivially inherit the mode from the target and the ->rename() inode operation inherits the mode from the source inode. All other creation inode operations will get S_ISGID handling via vfs_prepare_mode() when called from their relevant vfs_() helpers. In addition to this there are filesystems which allow the creation of filesystem objects through ioctl()s or - in the case of spufs - circumventing the vfs in other ways. If filesystem objects are created through ioctl()s the vfs doesn't know about it and can't apply regular permission checking including S_ISGID logic. Therfore, a filesystem relying on S_ISGID stripping in inode_init_owner() in their ioctl() callpath will be affected by moving this logic into the vfs. We audited those filesystems: btrfs allows the creation of filesystem objects through various ioctls(). Snapshot creation literally takes a snapshot and so the mode is fully preserved and S_ISGID stripping doesn't apply. Creating a new subvolum relies on inode_init_owner() in btrfs_new_subvol_inode() but only creates directories and doesn't raise S_ISGID. * ocfs2 has a peculiar implementation of reflinks. In contrast to e.g. xfs and btrfs FICLONE/FICLONERANGE ioctl() that is only concerned with the actual extents ocfs2 uses a separate ioctl() that also creates the target file. Iow, ocfs2 circumvents the vfs entirely here and did indeed rely on inode_init_owner() to strip the S_ISGID bit. This is the only place where a filesystem needs to call mode_strip_sgid() directly but this is self-inflicted pain. * spufs doesn't go through the vfs at all and doesn't use ioctl()s either. Instead it has a dedicated system call spufs_create() which allows the creation of filesystem objects. But spufs only creates directories and doesn't allo S_SIGID bits, i.e. it specifically only allows 0777 bits. * bpf uses vfs_mkobj() but also doesn't allow S_ISGID bits to be created. The patch will have an effect on ext2 when the EXT2_MOUNT_GRPID mount option is used, on ext4 when the EXT4_MOUNT_GRPID mount option is used, and on xfs when the XFS_FEAT_GRPID mount option is used. When any of these filesystems are mounted with their respective GRPID option then newly created files inherit the parent directories group unconditionally. In these cases non of the filesystems call inode_init_owner() and thus did never strip the S_ISGID bit for newly created files. Moving this logic into the VFS means that they now get the S_ISGID bit stripped. This is a user visible change. If this leads to regressions we will either need to figure out a better way or we need to revert. However, given the various setgid bugs that we found just in the last two years this is a regression risk we should take. Associated with this change is a new set of fstests to enforce the semantics for all new filesystems. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/ceph-devel/20220427092201.wvsdjbnc7b4dttaw@wittgenstein [1] Link: e014f37db1a2 ("xfs: use setattr_copy to set vfs inode attributes") [2] Link: 01ea173e103e ("xfs: fix up non-directory creation in SGID directories") [3] Link: fd84bfdddd16 ("ceph: fix up non-directory creation in SGID directories") [4] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1657779088-2242-3-git-send-email-xuyang2018.jy@fujitsu.com Suggested-by: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com> Suggested-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Darrick J. Wong <djwong@kernel.org> Reviewed-and-Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Yang Xu <xuyang2018.jy@fujitsu.com> [<brauner@kernel.org>: rewrote commit message] Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org> diff 3bd8bc89 Sun Jul 03 20:35:56 MDT 2022 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> step_into(): move fetching ->d_inode past handle_mounts() ... and lose messing with it in __follow_mount_rcu() Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff a37d9a17 Thu Jan 20 14:53:04 MST 2022 Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> fsnotify: invalidate dcache before IN_DELETE event Apparently, there are some applications that use IN_DELETE event as an invalidation mechanism and expect that if they try to open a file with the name reported with the delete event, that it should not contain the content of the deleted file. Commit 49246466a989 ("fsnotify: move fsnotify_nameremove() hook out of d_delete()") moved the fsnotify delete hook before d_delete() so fsnotify will have access to a positive dentry. This allowed a race where opening the deleted file via cached dentry is now possible after receiving the IN_DELETE event. To fix the regression, create a new hook fsnotify_delete() that takes the unlinked inode as an argument and use a helper d_delete_notify() to pin the inode, so we can pass it to fsnotify_delete() after d_delete(). Backporting hint: this regression is from v5.3. Although patch will apply with only trivial conflicts to v5.4 and v5.10, it won't build, because fsnotify_delete() implementation is different in each of those versions (see fsnotify_link()). A follow up patch will fix the fsnotify_unlink/rmdir() calls in pseudo filesystem that do not need to call d_delete(). Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220120215305.282577-1-amir73il@gmail.com Reported-by: Ivan Delalande <colona@arista.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-fsdevel/YeNyzoDM5hP5LtGW@visor/ Fixes: 49246466a989 ("fsnotify: move fsnotify_nameremove() hook out of d_delete()") Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v5.3+ Signed-off-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> diff a37d9a17 Thu Jan 20 14:53:04 MST 2022 Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> fsnotify: invalidate dcache before IN_DELETE event Apparently, there are some applications that use IN_DELETE event as an invalidation mechanism and expect that if they try to open a file with the name reported with the delete event, that it should not contain the content of the deleted file. Commit 49246466a989 ("fsnotify: move fsnotify_nameremove() hook out of d_delete()") moved the fsnotify delete hook before d_delete() so fsnotify will have access to a positive dentry. This allowed a race where opening the deleted file via cached dentry is now possible after receiving the IN_DELETE event. To fix the regression, create a new hook fsnotify_delete() that takes the unlinked inode as an argument and use a helper d_delete_notify() to pin the inode, so we can pass it to fsnotify_delete() after d_delete(). Backporting hint: this regression is from v5.3. Although patch will apply with only trivial conflicts to v5.4 and v5.10, it won't build, because fsnotify_delete() implementation is different in each of those versions (see fsnotify_link()). A follow up patch will fix the fsnotify_unlink/rmdir() calls in pseudo filesystem that do not need to call d_delete(). Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220120215305.282577-1-amir73il@gmail.com Reported-by: Ivan Delalande <colona@arista.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-fsdevel/YeNyzoDM5hP5LtGW@visor/ Fixes: 49246466a989 ("fsnotify: move fsnotify_nameremove() hook out of d_delete()") Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v5.3+ Signed-off-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> diff 1bd9c4e4 Thu Nov 18 01:58:08 MST 2021 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> vfs, cachefiles: Mark a backing file in use with an inode flag Use an inode flag, S_KERNEL_FILE, to mark that a backing file is in use by the kernel to prevent cachefiles or other kernel services from interfering with that file. Alter rmdir to reject attempts to remove a directory marked with this flag. This is used by cachefiles to prevent cachefilesd from removing them. Using S_SWAPFILE instead isn't really viable as that has other effects in the I/O paths. Changes ======= ver #3: - Check for the object pointer being NULL in the tracepoints rather than the caller. Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> cc: linux-cachefs@redhat.com Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163819630256.215744.4815885535039369574.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v1 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163906931596.143852.8642051223094013028.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v2 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163967141000.1823006.12920680657559677789.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v3 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164021541207.640689.564689725898537127.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v4 diff 0ee50b47 Thu Jul 08 00:34:38 MDT 2021 Dmitry Kadashev <dkadashev@gmail.com> namei: change filename_parentat() calling conventions Since commit 5c31b6cedb675 ("namei: saner calling conventions for filename_parentat()") filename_parentat() had the following behavior WRT the passed in struct filename : On error the name is consumed (putname() is called on it); * On success the name is returned back as the return value; Now there is a need for filename_create() and filename_lookup() variants that do not consume the passed filename, and following the same "consume the name only on error" semantics is proven to be hard to reason about and result in confusing code. Hence this preparation change splits filename_parentat() into two: one that always consumes the name and another that never consumes the name. This will allow to implement two filename_create() variants in the same way, and is a consistent and hopefully easier to reason about approach. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/io-uring/CAOKbgA7MiqZAq3t-HDCpSGUFfco4hMA9ArAE-74fTpU+EkvKPw@mail.gmail.com/ Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dmitry Kadashev <dkadashev@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210708063447.3556403-3-dkadashev@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> diff 2111c3c0 Mon Feb 15 21:29:28 MST 2021 Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> namei: fix kernel-doc for struct renamedata and more Fix kernel-doc warnings in namei.c: ../fs/namei.c:1149: warning: Excess function parameter 'dir_mode' description in 'may_create_in_sticky' ../fs/namei.c:1149: warning: Excess function parameter 'dir_uid' description in 'may_create_in_sticky' ../fs/namei.c:3396: warning: Function parameter or member 'open_flag' not described in 'vfs_tmpfile' ../fs/namei.c:3396: warning: Excess function parameter 'open_flags' description in 'vfs_tmpfile' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Function parameter or member 'rd' not described in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'old_mnt_userns' description in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'old_dir' description in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'old_dentry' description in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'new_mnt_userns' description in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'new_dir' description in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'new_dentry' description in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'delegated_inode' description in 'vfs_rename' ../fs/namei.c:4460: warning: Excess function parameter 'flags' description in 'vfs_rename' Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210216042929.8931-3-rdunlap@infradead.org Fixes: 9fe61450972d ("namei: introduce struct renamedata") Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Cc: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
/linux-master/security/selinux/
H A D	hooks.c	diff 3c1e09d5 Wed Dec 06 18:33:56 MST 2023 Munehisa Kamata <kamatam@amazon.com> selinux: remove the wrong comment about multithreaded process handling Since commit d9250dea3f89 ("SELinux: add boundary support and thread context assignment"), SELinux has been supporting assigning per-thread security context under a constraint and the comment was updated accordingly. However, seems like commit d84f4f992cbd ("CRED: Inaugurate COW credentials") accidentally brought the old comment back that doesn't match what the code does. Considering the ease of understanding the code, this patch just removes the wrong comment. Fixes: d84f4f992cbd ("CRED: Inaugurate COW credentials") Signed-off-by: Munehisa Kamata <kamatam@amazon.com> Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com> diff ae254858 Tue Nov 14 08:51:16 MST 2023 Ondrej Mosnacek <omosnace@redhat.com> selinux: introduce an initial SID for early boot processes Currently, SELinux doesn't allow distinguishing between kernel threads and userspace processes that are started before the policy is first loaded - both get the label corresponding to the kernel SID. The only way a process that persists from early boot can get a meaningful label is by doing a voluntary dyntransition or re-executing itself. Reusing the kernel label for userspace processes is problematic for several reasons: 1. The kernel is considered to be a privileged domain and generally needs to have a wide range of permissions allowed to work correctly, which prevents the policy writer from effectively hardening against early boot processes that might remain running unintentionally after the policy is loaded (they represent a potential extra attack surface that should be mitigated). 2. Despite the kernel being treated as a privileged domain, the policy writer may want to impose certain special limitations on kernel threads that may conflict with the requirements of intentional early boot processes. For example, it is a good hardening practice to limit what executables the kernel can execute as usermode helpers and to confine the resulting usermode helper processes. However, a (legitimate) process surviving from early boot may need to execute a different set of executables. 3. As currently implemented, overlayfs remembers the security context of the process that created an overlayfs mount and uses it to bound subsequent operations on files using this context. If an overlayfs mount is created before the SELinux policy is loaded, these "mounter" checks are made against the kernel context, which may clash with restrictions on the kernel domain (see 2.). To resolve this, introduce a new initial SID (reusing the slot of the former "init" initial SID) that will be assigned to any userspace process started before the policy is first loaded. This is easy to do, as we can simply label any process that goes through the bprm_creds_for_exec LSM hook with the new init-SID instead of propagating the kernel SID from the parent. To provide backwards compatibility for existing policies that are unaware of this new semantic of the "init" initial SID, introduce a new policy capability "userspace_initial_context" and set the "init" SID to the same context as the "kernel" SID unless this capability is set by the policy. Another small backwards compatibility measure is needed in security_sid_to_context_core() for before the initial SELinux policy load - see the code comment for explanation. Signed-off-by: Ondrej Mosnacek <omosnace@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Stephen Smalley <stephen.smalley.work@gmail.com> [PM: edited comments based on feedback/discussion] Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com> diff 5b0eea83 Tue Jun 20 07:12:22 MDT 2023 Ondrej Mosnacek <omosnace@redhat.com> selinux: introduce an initial SID for early boot processes Currently, SELinux doesn't allow distinguishing between kernel threads and userspace processes that are started before the policy is first loaded - both get the label corresponding to the kernel SID. The only way a process that persists from early boot can get a meaningful label is by doing a voluntary dyntransition or re-executing itself. Reusing the kernel label for userspace processes is problematic for several reasons: 1. The kernel is considered to be a privileged domain and generally needs to have a wide range of permissions allowed to work correctly, which prevents the policy writer from effectively hardening against early boot processes that might remain running unintentionally after the policy is loaded (they represent a potential extra attack surface that should be mitigated). 2. Despite the kernel being treated as a privileged domain, the policy writer may want to impose certain special limitations on kernel threads that may conflict with the requirements of intentional early boot processes. For example, it is a good hardening practice to limit what executables the kernel can execute as usermode helpers and to confine the resulting usermode helper processes. However, a (legitimate) process surviving from early boot may need to execute a different set of executables. 3. As currently implemented, overlayfs remembers the security context of the process that created an overlayfs mount and uses it to bound subsequent operations on files using this context. If an overlayfs mount is created before the SELinux policy is loaded, these "mounter" checks are made against the kernel context, which may clash with restrictions on the kernel domain (see 2.). To resolve this, introduce a new initial SID (reusing the slot of the former "init" initial SID) that will be assigned to any userspace process started before the policy is first loaded. This is easy to do, as we can simply label any process that goes through the bprm_creds_for_exec LSM hook with the new init-SID instead of propagating the kernel SID from the parent. To provide backwards compatibility for existing policies that are unaware of this new semantic of the "init" initial SID, introduce a new policy capability "userspace_initial_context" and set the "init" SID to the same context as the "kernel" SID unless this capability is set by the policy. Signed-off-by: Ondrej Mosnacek <omosnace@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com> diff d80a8f1b Tue Aug 08 05:34:20 MDT 2023 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> vfs, security: Fix automount superblock LSM init problem, preventing NFS sb sharing When NFS superblocks are created by automounting, their LSM parameters aren't set in the fs_context struct prior to sget_fc() being called, leading to failure to match existing superblocks. This bug leads to messages like the following appearing in dmesg when fscache is enabled: NFS: Cache volume key already in use (nfs,4.2,2,108,106a8c0,1,,,,100000,100000,2ee,3a98,1d4c,3a98,1) Fix this by adding a new LSM hook to load fc->security for submount creation. Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/165962680944.3334508.6610023900349142034.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v1 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/165962729225.3357250.14350728846471527137.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v2 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/165970659095.2812394.6868894171102318796.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v3 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/166133579016.3678898.6283195019480567275.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v4 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/217595.1662033775@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v5 Fixes: 9bc61ab18b1d ("vfs: Introduce fs_context, switch vfs_kern_mount() to it.") Fixes: 779df6a5480f ("NFS: Ensure security label is set for root inode") Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Acked-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com> Acked-by: "Christian Brauner (Microsoft)" <brauner@kernel.org> Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230808-master-v9-1-e0ecde888221@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> diff d80a8f1b Tue Aug 08 05:34:20 MDT 2023 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> vfs, security: Fix automount superblock LSM init problem, preventing NFS sb sharing When NFS superblocks are created by automounting, their LSM parameters aren't set in the fs_context struct prior to sget_fc() being called, leading to failure to match existing superblocks. This bug leads to messages like the following appearing in dmesg when fscache is enabled: NFS: Cache volume key already in use (nfs,4.2,2,108,106a8c0,1,,,,100000,100000,2ee,3a98,1d4c,3a98,1) Fix this by adding a new LSM hook to load fc->security for submount creation. Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/165962680944.3334508.6610023900349142034.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v1 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/165962729225.3357250.14350728846471527137.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v2 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/165970659095.2812394.6868894171102318796.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v3 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/166133579016.3678898.6283195019480567275.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v4 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/217595.1662033775@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v5 Fixes: 9bc61ab18b1d ("vfs: Introduce fs_context, switch vfs_kern_mount() to it.") Fixes: 779df6a5480f ("NFS: Ensure security label is set for root inode") Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Acked-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com> Acked-by: "Christian Brauner (Microsoft)" <brauner@kernel.org> Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Message-Id: <20230808-master-v9-1-e0ecde888221@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> diff 3d9047a0 Thu Apr 20 09:04:59 MDT 2023 Christian Göttsche <cgzones@googlemail.com> selinux: adjust typos in comments Found by codespell(1) Signed-off-by: Christian Göttsche <cgzones@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com> diff cad140d0 Wed Jun 15 09:38:39 MDT 2022 Christian Göttsche <cgzones@googlemail.com> selinux: free contexts previously transferred in selinux_add_opt() `selinux_add_opt()` stopped taking ownership of the passed context since commit 70f4169ab421 ("selinux: parse contexts for mount options early"). unreferenced object 0xffff888114dfd140 (size 64): comm "mount", pid 15182, jiffies 4295687028 (age 796.340s) hex dump (first 32 bytes): 73 79 73 74 65 6d 5f 75 3a 6f 62 6a 65 63 74 5f system_u:object_ 72 3a 74 65 73 74 5f 66 69 6c 65 73 79 73 74 65 r:test_filesyste backtrace: [<ffffffffa07dbef4>] kmemdup_nul+0x24/0x80 [<ffffffffa0d34253>] selinux_sb_eat_lsm_opts+0x293/0x560 [<ffffffffa0d13f08>] security_sb_eat_lsm_opts+0x58/0x80 [<ffffffffa0af1eb2>] generic_parse_monolithic+0x82/0x180 [<ffffffffa0a9c1a5>] do_new_mount+0x1f5/0x550 [<ffffffffa0a9eccb>] path_mount+0x2ab/0x1570 [<ffffffffa0aa019e>] __x64_sys_mount+0x20e/0x280 [<ffffffffa1f47124>] do_syscall_64+0x34/0x80 [<ffffffffa200007e>] entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x46/0xb0 unreferenced object 0xffff888108e71640 (size 64): comm "fsmount", pid 7607, jiffies 4295044974 (age 1601.016s) hex dump (first 32 bytes): 73 79 73 74 65 6d 5f 75 3a 6f 62 6a 65 63 74 5f system_u:object_ 72 3a 74 65 73 74 5f 66 69 6c 65 73 79 73 74 65 r:test_filesyste backtrace: [<ffffffff861dc2b1>] memdup_user+0x21/0x90 [<ffffffff861dc367>] strndup_user+0x47/0xa0 [<ffffffff864f6965>] __do_sys_fsconfig+0x485/0x9f0 [<ffffffff87940124>] do_syscall_64+0x34/0x80 [<ffffffff87a0007e>] entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x46/0xb0 Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 70f4169ab421 ("selinux: parse contexts for mount options early") Signed-off-by: Christian Göttsche <cgzones@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com> diff cad140d0 Wed Jun 15 09:38:39 MDT 2022 Christian Göttsche <cgzones@googlemail.com> selinux: free contexts previously transferred in selinux_add_opt() `selinux_add_opt()` stopped taking ownership of the passed context since commit 70f4169ab421 ("selinux: parse contexts for mount options early"). unreferenced object 0xffff888114dfd140 (size 64): comm "mount", pid 15182, jiffies 4295687028 (age 796.340s) hex dump (first 32 bytes): 73 79 73 74 65 6d 5f 75 3a 6f 62 6a 65 63 74 5f system_u:object_ 72 3a 74 65 73 74 5f 66 69 6c 65 73 79 73 74 65 r:test_filesyste backtrace: [<ffffffffa07dbef4>] kmemdup_nul+0x24/0x80 [<ffffffffa0d34253>] selinux_sb_eat_lsm_opts+0x293/0x560 [<ffffffffa0d13f08>] security_sb_eat_lsm_opts+0x58/0x80 [<ffffffffa0af1eb2>] generic_parse_monolithic+0x82/0x180 [<ffffffffa0a9c1a5>] do_new_mount+0x1f5/0x550 [<ffffffffa0a9eccb>] path_mount+0x2ab/0x1570 [<ffffffffa0aa019e>] __x64_sys_mount+0x20e/0x280 [<ffffffffa1f47124>] do_syscall_64+0x34/0x80 [<ffffffffa200007e>] entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x46/0xb0 unreferenced object 0xffff888108e71640 (size 64): comm "fsmount", pid 7607, jiffies 4295044974 (age 1601.016s) hex dump (first 32 bytes): 73 79 73 74 65 6d 5f 75 3a 6f 62 6a 65 63 74 5f system_u:object_ 72 3a 74 65 73 74 5f 66 69 6c 65 73 79 73 74 65 r:test_filesyste backtrace: [<ffffffff861dc2b1>] memdup_user+0x21/0x90 [<ffffffff861dc367>] strndup_user+0x47/0xa0 [<ffffffff864f6965>] __do_sys_fsconfig+0x485/0x9f0 [<ffffffff87940124>] do_syscall_64+0x34/0x80 [<ffffffff87a0007e>] entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x46/0xb0 Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 70f4169ab421 ("selinux: parse contexts for mount options early") Signed-off-by: Christian Göttsche <cgzones@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com> diff cad140d0 Wed Jun 15 09:38:39 MDT 2022 Christian Göttsche <cgzones@googlemail.com> selinux: free contexts previously transferred in selinux_add_opt() `selinux_add_opt()` stopped taking ownership of the passed context since commit 70f4169ab421 ("selinux: parse contexts for mount options early"). unreferenced object 0xffff888114dfd140 (size 64): comm "mount", pid 15182, jiffies 4295687028 (age 796.340s) hex dump (first 32 bytes): 73 79 73 74 65 6d 5f 75 3a 6f 62 6a 65 63 74 5f system_u:object_ 72 3a 74 65 73 74 5f 66 69 6c 65 73 79 73 74 65 r:test_filesyste backtrace: [<ffffffffa07dbef4>] kmemdup_nul+0x24/0x80 [<ffffffffa0d34253>] selinux_sb_eat_lsm_opts+0x293/0x560 [<ffffffffa0d13f08>] security_sb_eat_lsm_opts+0x58/0x80 [<ffffffffa0af1eb2>] generic_parse_monolithic+0x82/0x180 [<ffffffffa0a9c1a5>] do_new_mount+0x1f5/0x550 [<ffffffffa0a9eccb>] path_mount+0x2ab/0x1570 [<ffffffffa0aa019e>] __x64_sys_mount+0x20e/0x280 [<ffffffffa1f47124>] do_syscall_64+0x34/0x80 [<ffffffffa200007e>] entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x46/0xb0 unreferenced object 0xffff888108e71640 (size 64): comm "fsmount", pid 7607, jiffies 4295044974 (age 1601.016s) hex dump (first 32 bytes): 73 79 73 74 65 6d 5f 75 3a 6f 62 6a 65 63 74 5f system_u:object_ 72 3a 74 65 73 74 5f 66 69 6c 65 73 79 73 74 65 r:test_filesyste backtrace: [<ffffffff861dc2b1>] memdup_user+0x21/0x90 [<ffffffff861dc367>] strndup_user+0x47/0xa0 [<ffffffff864f6965>] __do_sys_fsconfig+0x485/0x9f0 [<ffffffff87940124>] do_syscall_64+0x34/0x80 [<ffffffff87a0007e>] entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x46/0xb0 Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 70f4169ab421 ("selinux: parse contexts for mount options early") Signed-off-by: Christian Göttsche <cgzones@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com> diff cad140d0 Wed Jun 15 09:38:39 MDT 2022 Christian Göttsche <cgzones@googlemail.com> selinux: free contexts previously transferred in selinux_add_opt() `selinux_add_opt()` stopped taking ownership of the passed context since commit 70f4169ab421 ("selinux: parse contexts for mount options early"). unreferenced object 0xffff888114dfd140 (size 64): comm "mount", pid 15182, jiffies 4295687028 (age 796.340s) hex dump (first 32 bytes): 73 79 73 74 65 6d 5f 75 3a 6f 62 6a 65 63 74 5f system_u:object_ 72 3a 74 65 73 74 5f 66 69 6c 65 73 79 73 74 65 r:test_filesyste backtrace: [<ffffffffa07dbef4>] kmemdup_nul+0x24/0x80 [<ffffffffa0d34253>] selinux_sb_eat_lsm_opts+0x293/0x560 [<ffffffffa0d13f08>] security_sb_eat_lsm_opts+0x58/0x80 [<ffffffffa0af1eb2>] generic_parse_monolithic+0x82/0x180 [<ffffffffa0a9c1a5>] do_new_mount+0x1f5/0x550 [<ffffffffa0a9eccb>] path_mount+0x2ab/0x1570 [<ffffffffa0aa019e>] __x64_sys_mount+0x20e/0x280 [<ffffffffa1f47124>] do_syscall_64+0x34/0x80 [<ffffffffa200007e>] entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x46/0xb0 unreferenced object 0xffff888108e71640 (size 64): comm "fsmount", pid 7607, jiffies 4295044974 (age 1601.016s) hex dump (first 32 bytes): 73 79 73 74 65 6d 5f 75 3a 6f 62 6a 65 63 74 5f system_u:object_ 72 3a 74 65 73 74 5f 66 69 6c 65 73 79 73 74 65 r:test_filesyste backtrace: [<ffffffff861dc2b1>] memdup_user+0x21/0x90 [<ffffffff861dc367>] strndup_user+0x47/0xa0 [<ffffffff864f6965>] __do_sys_fsconfig+0x485/0x9f0 [<ffffffff87940124>] do_syscall_64+0x34/0x80 [<ffffffff87a0007e>] entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x46/0xb0 Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 70f4169ab421 ("selinux: parse contexts for mount options early") Signed-off-by: Christian Göttsche <cgzones@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
/linux-master/include/linux/
H A D	fs.h	diff d3b1a9a7 Fri Feb 02 01:33:04 MST 2024 JonasZhou <JonasZhou@zhaoxin.com> fs/address_space: move i_mmap_rwsem to mitigate a false sharing with i_mmap. In the struct address_space, there is a 32-byte gap between i_mmap and i_mmap_rwsem. Due to the alignment of struct address_space variables to 8 bytes, in certain situations, i_mmap and i_mmap_rwsem may end up in the same CACHE line. While running Unixbench/execl, we observe high false sharing issues when accessing i_mmap against i_mmap_rwsem. We move i_mmap_rwsem after i_private_list, ensuring a 64-byte gap between i_mmap and i_mmap_rwsem. For Intel Silver machines (2 sockets) using kernel v6.8 rc-2, the score of Unixbench/execl improves by ~3.94%, and the score of Unixbench/shell improves by ~3.26%. Baseline: ------------------------------------------------------------- 162 546 748 11374 21 0xffff92e266af90c0 ------------------------------------------------------------- 46.89% 44.65% 0.00% 0.00% 0x0 1 1 0xffffffff86d5fb96 460 258 271 1069 32 [k] __handle_mm_fault [kernel.vmlinux] memory.c:2940 0 1 4.21% 4.41% 0.00% 0.00% 0x4 1 1 0xffffffff86d0ed54 473 311 288 95 28 [k] filemap_read [kernel.vmlinux] atomic.h:23 0 1 0.00% 0.00% 0.04% 4.76% 0x8 1 1 0xffffffff86d4bcf1 0 0 0 5 4 [k] vma_interval_tree_remove [kernel.vmlinux] rbtree_augmented.h:204 0 1 6.41% 6.02% 0.00% 0.00% 0x8 1 1 0xffffffff86d4ba85 411 271 339 210 32 [k] vma_interval_tree_insert [kernel.vmlinux] interval_tree.c:23 0 1 0.00% 0.00% 0.47% 95.24% 0x10 1 1 0xffffffff86d4bd34 0 0 0 74 32 [k] vma_interval_tree_remove [kernel.vmlinux] rbtree_augmented.h:339 0 1 0.37% 0.13% 0.00% 0.00% 0x10 1 1 0xffffffff86d4bb4f 328 212 380 7 5 [k] vma_interval_tree_remove [kernel.vmlinux] rbtree_augmented.h:338 0 1 5.13% 5.08% 0.00% 0.00% 0x10 1 1 0xffffffff86d4bb4b 416 255 357 197 32 [k] vma_interval_tree_remove [kernel.vmlinux] rbtree_augmented.h:338 0 1 1.10% 0.53% 0.00% 0.00% 0x28 1 1 0xffffffff86e06eb8 395 228 351 24 14 [k] do_dentry_open [kernel.vmlinux] open.c:966 0 1 1.10% 2.14% 57.07% 0.00% 0x38 1 1 0xffffffff878c9225 1364 792 462 7003 32 [k] down_write [kernel.vmlinux] atomic64_64.h:109 0 1 0.00% 0.00% 0.01% 0.00% 0x38 1 1 0xffffffff878c8e75 0 0 252 3 2 [k] rwsem_down_write_slowpath [kernel.vmlinux] atomic64_64.h:109 0 1 0.00% 0.13% 0.00% 0.00% 0x38 1 1 0xffffffff878c8e23 0 596 63 2 2 [k] rwsem_down_write_slowpath [kernel.vmlinux] atomic64_64.h:15 0 1 2.38% 2.94% 6.53% 0.00% 0x38 1 1 0xffffffff878c8ccb 1150 818 570 1197 32 [k] rwsem_down_write_slowpath [kernel.vmlinux] atomic64_64.h:109 0 1 30.59% 32.22% 0.00% 0.00% 0x38 1 1 0xffffffff878c8cb4 423 251 380 648 32 [k] rwsem_down_write_slowpath [kernel.vmlinux] atomic64_64.h:15 0 1 1.83% 1.74% 35.88% 0.00% 0x38 1 1 0xffffffff86b4f833 1217 1112 565 4586 32 [k] up_write [kernel.vmlinux] atomic64_64.h:91 0 1 with this change: ------------------------------------------------------------- 360 12 300 57 35 0xffff982cdae76400 ------------------------------------------------------------- 50.00% 59.67% 0.00% 0.00% 0x0 1 1 0xffffffff8215fb86 352 200 191 558 32 [k] __handle_mm_fault [kernel.vmlinux] memory.c:2940 0 1 8.33% 5.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0x4 1 1 0xffffffff8210ed44 370 284 263 42 24 [k] filemap_read [kernel.vmlinux] atomic.h:23 0 1 0.00% 0.00% 5.26% 2.86% 0x8 1 1 0xffffffff8214bce1 0 0 0 4 4 [k] vma_interval_tree_remove [kernel.vmlinux] rbtree_augmented.h:204 0 1 33.33% 14.33% 0.00% 0.00% 0x8 1 1 0xffffffff8214ba75 344 186 219 140 32 [k] vma_interval_tree_insert [kernel.vmlinux] interval_tree.c:23 0 1 0.00% 0.00% 94.74% 97.14% 0x10 1 1 0xffffffff8214bd24 0 0 0 88 29 [k] vma_interval_tree_remove [kernel.vmlinux] rbtree_augmented.h:339 0 1 8.33% 20.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0x10 1 1 0xffffffff8214bb3b 296 209 226 167 31 [k] vma_interval_tree_remove [kernel.vmlinux] rbtree_augmented.h:338 0 1 0.00% 0.67% 0.00% 0.00% 0x28 1 1 0xffffffff82206f45 0 140 334 4 3 [k] do_dentry_open [kernel.vmlinux] open.c:966 0 1 0.00% 0.33% 0.00% 0.00% 0x38 1 1 0xffffffff8250a6c4 0 286 126 5 5 [k] errseq_sample [kernel.vmlinux] errseq.c:125 0 Signed-off-by: JonasZhou <JonasZhou@zhaoxin.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240202083304.10995-1-JonasZhou-oc@zhaoxin.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> diff d3b1a9a7 Fri Feb 02 01:33:04 MST 2024 JonasZhou <JonasZhou@zhaoxin.com> fs/address_space: move i_mmap_rwsem to mitigate a false sharing with i_mmap. In the struct address_space, there is a 32-byte gap between i_mmap and i_mmap_rwsem. Due to the alignment of struct address_space variables to 8 bytes, in certain situations, i_mmap and i_mmap_rwsem may end up in the same CACHE line. While running Unixbench/execl, we observe high false sharing issues when accessing i_mmap against i_mmap_rwsem. We move i_mmap_rwsem after i_private_list, ensuring a 64-byte gap between i_mmap and i_mmap_rwsem. For Intel Silver machines (2 sockets) using kernel v6.8 rc-2, the score of Unixbench/execl improves by ~3.94%, and the score of Unixbench/shell improves by ~3.26%. Baseline: ------------------------------------------------------------- 162 546 748 11374 21 0xffff92e266af90c0 ------------------------------------------------------------- 46.89% 44.65% 0.00% 0.00% 0x0 1 1 0xffffffff86d5fb96 460 258 271 1069 32 [k] __handle_mm_fault [kernel.vmlinux] memory.c:2940 0 1 4.21% 4.41% 0.00% 0.00% 0x4 1 1 0xffffffff86d0ed54 473 311 288 95 28 [k] filemap_read [kernel.vmlinux] atomic.h:23 0 1 0.00% 0.00% 0.04% 4.76% 0x8 1 1 0xffffffff86d4bcf1 0 0 0 5 4 [k] vma_interval_tree_remove [kernel.vmlinux] rbtree_augmented.h:204 0 1 6.41% 6.02% 0.00% 0.00% 0x8 1 1 0xffffffff86d4ba85 411 271 339 210 32 [k] vma_interval_tree_insert [kernel.vmlinux] interval_tree.c:23 0 1 0.00% 0.00% 0.47% 95.24% 0x10 1 1 0xffffffff86d4bd34 0 0 0 74 32 [k] vma_interval_tree_remove [kernel.vmlinux] rbtree_augmented.h:339 0 1 0.37% 0.13% 0.00% 0.00% 0x10 1 1 0xffffffff86d4bb4f 328 212 380 7 5 [k] vma_interval_tree_remove [kernel.vmlinux] rbtree_augmented.h:338 0 1 5.13% 5.08% 0.00% 0.00% 0x10 1 1 0xffffffff86d4bb4b 416 255 357 197 32 [k] vma_interval_tree_remove [kernel.vmlinux] rbtree_augmented.h:338 0 1 1.10% 0.53% 0.00% 0.00% 0x28 1 1 0xffffffff86e06eb8 395 228 351 24 14 [k] do_dentry_open [kernel.vmlinux] open.c:966 0 1 1.10% 2.14% 57.07% 0.00% 0x38 1 1 0xffffffff878c9225 1364 792 462 7003 32 [k] down_write [kernel.vmlinux] atomic64_64.h:109 0 1 0.00% 0.00% 0.01% 0.00% 0x38 1 1 0xffffffff878c8e75 0 0 252 3 2 [k] rwsem_down_write_slowpath [kernel.vmlinux] atomic64_64.h:109 0 1 0.00% 0.13% 0.00% 0.00% 0x38 1 1 0xffffffff878c8e23 0 596 63 2 2 [k] rwsem_down_write_slowpath [kernel.vmlinux] atomic64_64.h:15 0 1 2.38% 2.94% 6.53% 0.00% 0x38 1 1 0xffffffff878c8ccb 1150 818 570 1197 32 [k] rwsem_down_write_slowpath [kernel.vmlinux] atomic64_64.h:109 0 1 30.59% 32.22% 0.00% 0.00% 0x38 1 1 0xffffffff878c8cb4 423 251 380 648 32 [k] rwsem_down_write_slowpath [kernel.vmlinux] atomic64_64.h:15 0 1 1.83% 1.74% 35.88% 0.00% 0x38 1 1 0xffffffff86b4f833 1217 1112 565 4586 32 [k] up_write [kernel.vmlinux] atomic64_64.h:91 0 1 with this change: ------------------------------------------------------------- 360 12 300 57 35 0xffff982cdae76400 ------------------------------------------------------------- 50.00% 59.67% 0.00% 0.00% 0x0 1 1 0xffffffff8215fb86 352 200 191 558 32 [k] __handle_mm_fault [kernel.vmlinux] memory.c:2940 0 1 8.33% 5.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0x4 1 1 0xffffffff8210ed44 370 284 263 42 24 [k] filemap_read [kernel.vmlinux] atomic.h:23 0 1 0.00% 0.00% 5.26% 2.86% 0x8 1 1 0xffffffff8214bce1 0 0 0 4 4 [k] vma_interval_tree_remove [kernel.vmlinux] rbtree_augmented.h:204 0 1 33.33% 14.33% 0.00% 0.00% 0x8 1 1 0xffffffff8214ba75 344 186 219 140 32 [k] vma_interval_tree_insert [kernel.vmlinux] interval_tree.c:23 0 1 0.00% 0.00% 94.74% 97.14% 0x10 1 1 0xffffffff8214bd24 0 0 0 88 29 [k] vma_interval_tree_remove [kernel.vmlinux] rbtree_augmented.h:339 0 1 8.33% 20.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0x10 1 1 0xffffffff8214bb3b 296 209 226 167 31 [k] vma_interval_tree_remove [kernel.vmlinux] rbtree_augmented.h:338 0 1 0.00% 0.67% 0.00% 0.00% 0x28 1 1 0xffffffff82206f45 0 140 334 4 3 [k] do_dentry_open [kernel.vmlinux] open.c:966 0 1 0.00% 0.33% 0.00% 0.00% 0x38 1 1 0xffffffff8250a6c4 0 286 126 5 5 [k] errseq_sample [kernel.vmlinux] errseq.c:125 0 Signed-off-by: JonasZhou <JonasZhou@zhaoxin.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240202083304.10995-1-JonasZhou-oc@zhaoxin.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> diff b820de74 Thu Feb 15 01:47:38 MST 2024 Bart Van Assche <bvanassche@acm.org> fs/aio: Restrict kiocb_set_cancel_fn() to I/O submitted via libaio If kiocb_set_cancel_fn() is called for I/O submitted via io_uring, the following kernel warning appears: WARNING: CPU: 3 PID: 368 at fs/aio.c:598 kiocb_set_cancel_fn+0x9c/0xa8 Call trace: kiocb_set_cancel_fn+0x9c/0xa8 ffs_epfile_read_iter+0x144/0x1d0 io_read+0x19c/0x498 io_issue_sqe+0x118/0x27c io_submit_sqes+0x25c/0x5fc __arm64_sys_io_uring_enter+0x104/0xab0 invoke_syscall+0x58/0x11c el0_svc_common+0xb4/0xf4 do_el0_svc+0x2c/0xb0 el0_svc+0x2c/0xa4 el0t_64_sync_handler+0x68/0xb4 el0t_64_sync+0x1a4/0x1a8 Fix this by setting the IOCB_AIO_RW flag for read and write I/O that is submitted by libaio. Suggested-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Avi Kivity <avi@scylladb.com> Cc: Sandeep Dhavale <dhavale@google.com> Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Cc: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@linux.dev> Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Bart Van Assche <bvanassche@acm.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240215204739.2677806-2-bvanassche@acm.org Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> diff 3efdc78f Wed Dec 13 23:44:38 MST 2023 Andrei Vagin <avagin@google.com> fs/proc: show correct device and inode numbers in /proc/pid/maps /proc/pid/maps shows device and inode numbers of vma->vm_file-s. Here is an issue. If a mapped file is on a stackable file system (e.g., overlayfs), vma->vm_file is a backing file whose f_inode is on the underlying filesystem. To show correct numbers, we need to get a user file and shows its numbers. The same trick is used to show file paths in /proc/pid/maps. Cc: Alexander Mikhalitsyn <alexander@mihalicyn.com> Suggested-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@google.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231214064439.1023011-1-avagin@google.com Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> diff 705bcfcb Tue Dec 12 02:44:37 MST 2023 Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> fs: use splice_copy_file_range() inline helper generic_copy_file_range() is just a wrapper around splice_file_range(), which caps the maximum copy length. The only caller of splice_file_range(), namely __ceph_copy_file_range() is already ready to cope with short copy. Move the length capping into splice_file_range() and replace the exported symbol generic_copy_file_range() with a simple inline helper. Suggested-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-fsdevel/20231204083849.GC32438@lst.de/ Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231212094440.250945-3-amir73il@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> diff 372a34e6 Thu Nov 30 05:49:09 MST 2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> fs: replace f_rcuhead with f_task_work The naming is actively misleading since we switched to SLAB_TYPESAFE_BY_RCU. rcu_head is #define callback_head. Use callback_head directly and rename f_rcuhead to f_task_work. Add comments in there to explain what it's used for. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231130-vfs-files-fixes-v1-3-e73ca6f4ea83@kernel.org Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Reviewed-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> diff 3d5cd491 Wed Nov 22 05:27:14 MST 2023 Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> fs: create file_write_started() helper Convenience wrapper for sb_write_started(file_inode(inode)->i_sb)), which has a single occurrence in the code right now. Document the false negatives of those helpers, which makes them unusable to assert that sb_start_write() is not held. Signed-off-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231122122715.2561213-16-amir73il@gmail.com Reviewed-by: Josef Bacik <josef@toxicpanda.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> diff e8e17ee9 Thu Oct 12 11:04:28 MDT 2023 Lorenzo Stoakes <lstoakes@gmail.com> mm: drop the assumption that VM_SHARED always implies writable Patch series "permit write-sealed memfd read-only shared mappings", v4. The man page for fcntl() describing memfd file seals states the following about F_SEAL_WRITE:- Furthermore, trying to create new shared, writable memory-mappings via mmap(2) will also fail with EPERM. With emphasis on 'writable'. In turns out in fact that currently the kernel simply disallows all new shared memory mappings for a memfd with F_SEAL_WRITE applied, rendering this documentation inaccurate. This matters because users are therefore unable to obtain a shared mapping to a memfd after write sealing altogether, which limits their usefulness. This was reported in the discussion thread [1] originating from a bug report [2]. This is a product of both using the struct address_space->i_mmap_writable atomic counter to determine whether writing may be permitted, and the kernel adjusting this counter when any VM_SHARED mapping is performed and more generally implicitly assuming VM_SHARED implies writable. It seems sensible that we should only update this mapping if VM_MAYWRITE is specified, i.e. whether it is possible that this mapping could at any point be written to. If we do so then all we need to do to permit write seals to function as documented is to clear VM_MAYWRITE when mapping read-only. It turns out this functionality already exists for F_SEAL_FUTURE_WRITE - we can therefore simply adapt this logic to do the same for F_SEAL_WRITE. We then hit a chicken and egg situation in mmap_region() where the check for VM_MAYWRITE occurs before we are able to clear this flag. To work around this, perform this check after we invoke call_mmap(), with careful consideration of error paths. Thanks to Andy Lutomirski for the suggestion! [1]:https://lore.kernel.org/all/20230324133646.16101dfa666f253c4715d965@linux-foundation.org/ [2]:https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=217238 This patch (of 3): There is a general assumption that VMAs with the VM_SHARED flag set are writable. If the VM_MAYWRITE flag is not set, then this is simply not the case. Update those checks which affect the struct address_space->i_mmap_writable field to explicitly test for this by introducing [vma_]is_shared_maywrite() helper functions. This remains entirely conservative, as the lack of VM_MAYWRITE guarantees that the VMA cannot be written to. Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/cover.1697116581.git.lstoakes@gmail.com Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/d978aefefa83ec42d18dfa964ad180dbcde34795.1697116581.git.lstoakes@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Stoakes <lstoakes@gmail.com> Suggested-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> Cc: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com> Cc: Matthew Wilcox (Oracle) <willy@infradead.org> Cc: Mike Kravetz <mike.kravetz@oracle.com> Cc: Muchun Song <muchun.song@linux.dev> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> diff 61d4fb0b Tue Oct 24 16:14:37 MDT 2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> file, i915: fix file reference for mmap_singleton() Today we got a report at [1] for rcu stalls on the i915 testsuite in [2] due to the conversion of files to SLAB_TYPSSAFE_BY_RCU. Afaict, get_file_rcu() goes into an infinite loop trying to carefully verify that i915->gem.mmap_singleton hasn't changed - see the splat below. So I stared at this code to figure out what it actually does. It seems that the i915->gem.mmap_singleton pointer itself never had rcu semantics. The i915->gem.mmap_singleton is replaced in file->f_op->release::singleton_release(): static int singleton_release(struct inode inode, struct file file) { struct drm_i915_private i915 = file->private_data; cmpxchg(&i915->gem.mmap_singleton, file, NULL); drm_dev_put(&i915->drm); return 0; } The cmpxchg() is ordered against a concurrent update of i915->gem.mmap_singleton from mmap_singleton(). IOW, when mmap_singleton() fails to get a reference on i915->gem.mmap_singleton: While mmap_singleton() does rcu_read_lock(); file = get_file_rcu(&i915->gem.mmap_singleton); rcu_read_unlock(); it allocates a new file via anon_inode_getfile() and does smp_store_mb(i915->gem.mmap_singleton, file); So, then what happens in the case of this bug is that at some point fput() is called and drops the file->f_count to zero leaving the pointer in i915->gem.mmap_singleton in tact. Now, there might be delays until file->f_op->release::singleton_release() is called and i915->gem.mmap_singleton is set to NULL. Say concurrently another task hits mmap_singleton() and does: rcu_read_lock(); file = get_file_rcu(&i915->gem.mmap_singleton); rcu_read_unlock(); When get_file_rcu() fails to get a reference via atomic_inc_not_zero() it will try the reload from i915->gem.mmap_singleton expecting it to be NULL, assuming it has comparable semantics as we expect in __fget_files_rcu(). But it hasn't so it reloads the same pointer again, trying the same atomic_inc_not_zero() again and doing so until file->f_op->release::singleton_release() of the old file has been called. So, in contrast to __fget_files_rcu() here we want to not retry when atomic_inc_not_zero() has failed. We only want to retry in case we managed to get a reference but the pointer did change on reload. <3> [511.395679] rcu: INFO: rcu_preempt detected stalls on CPUs/tasks: <3> [511.395716] rcu: Tasks blocked on level-1 rcu_node (CPUs 0-9): P6238 <3> [511.395934] rcu: (detected by 16, t=65002 jiffies, g=123977, q=439 ncpus=20) <6> [511.395944] task:i915_selftest state:R running task stack:10568 pid:6238 tgid:6238 ppid:1001 flags:0x00004002 <6> [511.395962] Call Trace: <6> [511.395966] <TASK> <6> [511.395974] ? __schedule+0x3a8/0xd70 <6> [511.395995] ? asm_sysvec_apic_timer_interrupt+0x1a/0x20 <6> [511.396003] ? lockdep_hardirqs_on+0xc3/0x140 <6> [511.396013] ? asm_sysvec_apic_timer_interrupt+0x1a/0x20 <6> [511.396029] ? get_file_rcu+0x10/0x30 <6> [511.396039] ? get_file_rcu+0x10/0x30 <6> [511.396046] ? i915_gem_object_mmap+0xbc/0x450 [i915] <6> [511.396509] ? i915_gem_mmap+0x272/0x480 [i915] <6> [511.396903] ? mmap_region+0x253/0xb60 <6> [511.396925] ? do_mmap+0x334/0x5c0 <6> [511.396939] ? vm_mmap_pgoff+0x9f/0x1c0 <6> [511.396949] ? rcu_is_watching+0x11/0x50 <6> [511.396962] ? igt_mmap_offset+0xfc/0x110 [i915] <6> [511.397376] ? __igt_mmap+0xb3/0x570 [i915] <6> [511.397762] ? igt_mmap+0x11e/0x150 [i915] <6> [511.398139] ? __trace_bprintk+0x76/0x90 <6> [511.398156] ? __i915_subtests+0xbf/0x240 [i915] <6> [511.398586] ? __pfx___i915_live_setup+0x10/0x10 [i915] <6> [511.399001] ? __pfx___i915_live_teardown+0x10/0x10 [i915] <6> [511.399433] ? __run_selftests+0xbc/0x1a0 [i915] <6> [511.399875] ? i915_live_selftests+0x4b/0x90 [i915] <6> [511.400308] ? i915_pci_probe+0x106/0x200 [i915] <6> [511.400692] ? pci_device_probe+0x95/0x120 <6> [511.400704] ? really_probe+0x164/0x3c0 <6> [511.400715] ? __pfx___driver_attach+0x10/0x10 <6> [511.400722] ? __driver_probe_device+0x73/0x160 <6> [511.400731] ? driver_probe_device+0x19/0xa0 <6> [511.400741] ? __driver_attach+0xb6/0x180 <6> [511.400749] ? __pfx___driver_attach+0x10/0x10 <6> [511.400756] ? bus_for_each_dev+0x77/0xd0 <6> [511.400770] ? bus_add_driver+0x114/0x210 <6> [511.400781] ? driver_register+0x5b/0x110 <6> [511.400791] ? i915_init+0x23/0xc0 [i915] <6> [511.401153] ? __pfx_i915_init+0x10/0x10 [i915] <6> [511.401503] ? do_one_initcall+0x57/0x270 <6> [511.401515] ? rcu_is_watching+0x11/0x50 <6> [511.401521] ? kmalloc_trace+0xa3/0xb0 <6> [511.401532] ? do_init_module+0x5f/0x210 <6> [511.401544] ? load_module+0x1d00/0x1f60 <6> [511.401581] ? init_module_from_file+0x86/0xd0 <6> [511.401590] ? init_module_from_file+0x86/0xd0 <6> [511.401613] ? idempotent_init_module+0x17c/0x230 <6> [511.401639] ? __x64_sys_finit_module+0x56/0xb0 <6> [511.401650] ? do_syscall_64+0x3c/0x90 <6> [511.401659] ? entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x6e/0xd8 <6> [511.401684] </TASK> Link: [1]: https://lore.kernel.org/intel-gfx/SJ1PR11MB6129CB39EED831784C331BAFB9DEA@SJ1PR11MB6129.namprd11.prod.outlook.com Link: [2]: https://intel-gfx-ci.01.org/tree/linux-next/next-20231013/bat-dg2-11/igt@i915_selftest@live@mman.html#dmesg-warnings10963 Cc: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com>, Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231025-formfrage-watscheln-84526cd3bd7d@brauner Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> diff 61d4fb0b Tue Oct 24 16:14:37 MDT 2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> file, i915: fix file reference for mmap_singleton() Today we got a report at [1] for rcu stalls on the i915 testsuite in [2] due to the conversion of files to SLAB_TYPSSAFE_BY_RCU. Afaict, get_file_rcu() goes into an infinite loop trying to carefully verify that i915->gem.mmap_singleton hasn't changed - see the splat below. So I stared at this code to figure out what it actually does. It seems that the i915->gem.mmap_singleton pointer itself never had rcu semantics. The i915->gem.mmap_singleton is replaced in file->f_op->release::singleton_release(): static int singleton_release(struct inode inode, struct file file) { struct drm_i915_private i915 = file->private_data; cmpxchg(&i915->gem.mmap_singleton, file, NULL); drm_dev_put(&i915->drm); return 0; } The cmpxchg() is ordered against a concurrent update of i915->gem.mmap_singleton from mmap_singleton(). IOW, when mmap_singleton() fails to get a reference on i915->gem.mmap_singleton: While mmap_singleton() does rcu_read_lock(); file = get_file_rcu(&i915->gem.mmap_singleton); rcu_read_unlock(); it allocates a new file via anon_inode_getfile() and does smp_store_mb(i915->gem.mmap_singleton, file); So, then what happens in the case of this bug is that at some point fput() is called and drops the file->f_count to zero leaving the pointer in i915->gem.mmap_singleton in tact. Now, there might be delays until file->f_op->release::singleton_release() is called and i915->gem.mmap_singleton is set to NULL. Say concurrently another task hits mmap_singleton() and does: rcu_read_lock(); file = get_file_rcu(&i915->gem.mmap_singleton); rcu_read_unlock(); When get_file_rcu() fails to get a reference via atomic_inc_not_zero() it will try the reload from i915->gem.mmap_singleton expecting it to be NULL, assuming it has comparable semantics as we expect in __fget_files_rcu(). But it hasn't so it reloads the same pointer again, trying the same atomic_inc_not_zero() again and doing so until file->f_op->release::singleton_release() of the old file has been called. So, in contrast to __fget_files_rcu() here we want to not retry when atomic_inc_not_zero() has failed. We only want to retry in case we managed to get a reference but the pointer did change on reload. <3> [511.395679] rcu: INFO: rcu_preempt detected stalls on CPUs/tasks: <3> [511.395716] rcu: Tasks blocked on level-1 rcu_node (CPUs 0-9): P6238 <3> [511.395934] rcu: (detected by 16, t=65002 jiffies, g=123977, q=439 ncpus=20) <6> [511.395944] task:i915_selftest state:R running task stack:10568 pid:6238 tgid:6238 ppid:1001 flags:0x00004002 <6> [511.395962] Call Trace: <6> [511.395966] <TASK> <6> [511.395974] ? __schedule+0x3a8/0xd70 <6> [511.395995] ? asm_sysvec_apic_timer_interrupt+0x1a/0x20 <6> [511.396003] ? lockdep_hardirqs_on+0xc3/0x140 <6> [511.396013] ? asm_sysvec_apic_timer_interrupt+0x1a/0x20 <6> [511.396029] ? get_file_rcu+0x10/0x30 <6> [511.396039] ? get_file_rcu+0x10/0x30 <6> [511.396046] ? i915_gem_object_mmap+0xbc/0x450 [i915] <6> [511.396509] ? i915_gem_mmap+0x272/0x480 [i915] <6> [511.396903] ? mmap_region+0x253/0xb60 <6> [511.396925] ? do_mmap+0x334/0x5c0 <6> [511.396939] ? vm_mmap_pgoff+0x9f/0x1c0 <6> [511.396949] ? rcu_is_watching+0x11/0x50 <6> [511.396962] ? igt_mmap_offset+0xfc/0x110 [i915] <6> [511.397376] ? __igt_mmap+0xb3/0x570 [i915] <6> [511.397762] ? igt_mmap+0x11e/0x150 [i915] <6> [511.398139] ? __trace_bprintk+0x76/0x90 <6> [511.398156] ? __i915_subtests+0xbf/0x240 [i915] <6> [511.398586] ? __pfx___i915_live_setup+0x10/0x10 [i915] <6> [511.399001] ? __pfx___i915_live_teardown+0x10/0x10 [i915] <6> [511.399433] ? __run_selftests+0xbc/0x1a0 [i915] <6> [511.399875] ? i915_live_selftests+0x4b/0x90 [i915] <6> [511.400308] ? i915_pci_probe+0x106/0x200 [i915] <6> [511.400692] ? pci_device_probe+0x95/0x120 <6> [511.400704] ? really_probe+0x164/0x3c0 <6> [511.400715] ? __pfx___driver_attach+0x10/0x10 <6> [511.400722] ? __driver_probe_device+0x73/0x160 <6> [511.400731] ? driver_probe_device+0x19/0xa0 <6> [511.400741] ? __driver_attach+0xb6/0x180 <6> [511.400749] ? __pfx___driver_attach+0x10/0x10 <6> [511.400756] ? bus_for_each_dev+0x77/0xd0 <6> [511.400770] ? bus_add_driver+0x114/0x210 <6> [511.400781] ? driver_register+0x5b/0x110 <6> [511.400791] ? i915_init+0x23/0xc0 [i915] <6> [511.401153] ? __pfx_i915_init+0x10/0x10 [i915] <6> [511.401503] ? do_one_initcall+0x57/0x270 <6> [511.401515] ? rcu_is_watching+0x11/0x50 <6> [511.401521] ? kmalloc_trace+0xa3/0xb0 <6> [511.401532] ? do_init_module+0x5f/0x210 <6> [511.401544] ? load_module+0x1d00/0x1f60 <6> [511.401581] ? init_module_from_file+0x86/0xd0 <6> [511.401590] ? init_module_from_file+0x86/0xd0 <6> [511.401613] ? idempotent_init_module+0x17c/0x230 <6> [511.401639] ? __x64_sys_finit_module+0x56/0xb0 <6> [511.401650] ? do_syscall_64+0x3c/0x90 <6> [511.401659] ? entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x6e/0xd8 <6> [511.401684] </TASK> Link: [1]: https://lore.kernel.org/intel-gfx/SJ1PR11MB6129CB39EED831784C331BAFB9DEA@SJ1PR11MB6129.namprd11.prod.outlook.com Link: [2]: https://intel-gfx-ci.01.org/tree/linux-next/next-20231013/bat-dg2-11/igt@i915_selftest@live@mman.html#dmesg-warnings10963 Cc: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com>, Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231025-formfrage-watscheln-84526cd3bd7d@brauner Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> diff 61d4fb0b Tue Oct 24 16:14:37 MDT 2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> file, i915: fix file reference for mmap_singleton() Today we got a report at [1] for rcu stalls on the i915 testsuite in [2] due to the conversion of files to SLAB_TYPSSAFE_BY_RCU. Afaict, get_file_rcu() goes into an infinite loop trying to carefully verify that i915->gem.mmap_singleton hasn't changed - see the splat below. So I stared at this code to figure out what it actually does. It seems that the i915->gem.mmap_singleton pointer itself never had rcu semantics. The i915->gem.mmap_singleton is replaced in file->f_op->release::singleton_release(): static int singleton_release(struct inode inode, struct file file) { struct drm_i915_private *i915 = file->private_data; cmpxchg(&i915->gem.mmap_singleton, file, NULL); drm_dev_put(&i915->drm); return 0; } The cmpxchg() is ordered against a concurrent update of i915->gem.mmap_singleton from mmap_singleton(). IOW, when mmap_singleton() fails to get a reference on i915->gem.mmap_singleton: While mmap_singleton() does rcu_read_lock(); file = get_file_rcu(&i915->gem.mmap_singleton); rcu_read_unlock(); it allocates a new file via anon_inode_getfile() and does smp_store_mb(i915->gem.mmap_singleton, file); So, then what happens in the case of this bug is that at some point fput() is called and drops the file->f_count to zero leaving the pointer in i915->gem.mmap_singleton in tact. Now, there might be delays until file->f_op->release::singleton_release() is called and i915->gem.mmap_singleton is set to NULL. Say concurrently another task hits mmap_singleton() and does: rcu_read_lock(); file = get_file_rcu(&i915->gem.mmap_singleton); rcu_read_unlock(); When get_file_rcu() fails to get a reference via atomic_inc_not_zero() it will try the reload from i915->gem.mmap_singleton expecting it to be NULL, assuming it has comparable semantics as we expect in __fget_files_rcu(). But it hasn't so it reloads the same pointer again, trying the same atomic_inc_not_zero() again and doing so until file->f_op->release::singleton_release() of the old file has been called. So, in contrast to __fget_files_rcu() here we want to not retry when atomic_inc_not_zero() has failed. We only want to retry in case we managed to get a reference but the pointer did change on reload. <3> [511.395679] rcu: INFO: rcu_preempt detected stalls on CPUs/tasks: <3> [511.395716] rcu: Tasks blocked on level-1 rcu_node (CPUs 0-9): P6238 <3> [511.395934] rcu: (detected by 16, t=65002 jiffies, g=123977, q=439 ncpus=20) <6> [511.395944] task:i915_selftest state:R running task stack:10568 pid:6238 tgid:6238 ppid:1001 flags:0x00004002 <6> [511.395962] Call Trace: <6> [511.395966] <TASK> <6> [511.395974] ? __schedule+0x3a8/0xd70 <6> [511.395995] ? asm_sysvec_apic_timer_interrupt+0x1a/0x20 <6> [511.396003] ? lockdep_hardirqs_on+0xc3/0x140 <6> [511.396013] ? asm_sysvec_apic_timer_interrupt+0x1a/0x20 <6> [511.396029] ? get_file_rcu+0x10/0x30 <6> [511.396039] ? get_file_rcu+0x10/0x30 <6> [511.396046] ? i915_gem_object_mmap+0xbc/0x450 [i915] <6> [511.396509] ? i915_gem_mmap+0x272/0x480 [i915] <6> [511.396903] ? mmap_region+0x253/0xb60 <6> [511.396925] ? do_mmap+0x334/0x5c0 <6> [511.396939] ? vm_mmap_pgoff+0x9f/0x1c0 <6> [511.396949] ? rcu_is_watching+0x11/0x50 <6> [511.396962] ? igt_mmap_offset+0xfc/0x110 [i915] <6> [511.397376] ? __igt_mmap+0xb3/0x570 [i915] <6> [511.397762] ? igt_mmap+0x11e/0x150 [i915] <6> [511.398139] ? __trace_bprintk+0x76/0x90 <6> [511.398156] ? __i915_subtests+0xbf/0x240 [i915] <6> [511.398586] ? __pfx___i915_live_setup+0x10/0x10 [i915] <6> [511.399001] ? __pfx___i915_live_teardown+0x10/0x10 [i915] <6> [511.399433] ? __run_selftests+0xbc/0x1a0 [i915] <6> [511.399875] ? i915_live_selftests+0x4b/0x90 [i915] <6> [511.400308] ? i915_pci_probe+0x106/0x200 [i915] <6> [511.400692] ? pci_device_probe+0x95/0x120 <6> [511.400704] ? really_probe+0x164/0x3c0 <6> [511.400715] ? __pfx___driver_attach+0x10/0x10 <6> [511.400722] ? __driver_probe_device+0x73/0x160 <6> [511.400731] ? driver_probe_device+0x19/0xa0 <6> [511.400741] ? __driver_attach+0xb6/0x180 <6> [511.400749] ? __pfx___driver_attach+0x10/0x10 <6> [511.400756] ? bus_for_each_dev+0x77/0xd0 <6> [511.400770] ? bus_add_driver+0x114/0x210 <6> [511.400781] ? driver_register+0x5b/0x110 <6> [511.400791] ? i915_init+0x23/0xc0 [i915] <6> [511.401153] ? __pfx_i915_init+0x10/0x10 [i915] <6> [511.401503] ? do_one_initcall+0x57/0x270 <6> [511.401515] ? rcu_is_watching+0x11/0x50 <6> [511.401521] ? kmalloc_trace+0xa3/0xb0 <6> [511.401532] ? do_init_module+0x5f/0x210 <6> [511.401544] ? load_module+0x1d00/0x1f60 <6> [511.401581] ? init_module_from_file+0x86/0xd0 <6> [511.401590] ? init_module_from_file+0x86/0xd0 <6> [511.401613] ? idempotent_init_module+0x17c/0x230 <6> [511.401639] ? __x64_sys_finit_module+0x56/0xb0 <6> [511.401650] ? do_syscall_64+0x3c/0x90 <6> [511.401659] ? entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x6e/0xd8 <6> [511.401684] </TASK> Link: [1]: https://lore.kernel.org/intel-gfx/SJ1PR11MB6129CB39EED831784C331BAFB9DEA@SJ1PR11MB6129.namprd11.prod.outlook.com Link: [2]: https://intel-gfx-ci.01.org/tree/linux-next/next-20231013/bat-dg2-11/igt@i915_selftest@live@mman.html#dmesg-warnings10963 Cc: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com>, Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231025-formfrage-watscheln-84526cd3bd7d@brauner Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>

Completed in 1762 milliseconds

asus-wl-520gu-7.0.1.45
asuswrt-rt-n18u-9.0.0.4.380.2695
barrelfish-2018-10-04
barrelfish-master
broadcom-cfe-1.4.2
darwin-on-arm
freebsd-10-stable
freebsd-10.0-release
freebsd-10.1-release
freebsd-10.2-release
freebsd-10.3-release
freebsd-11-stable
freebsd-11.0-release
freebsd-12-stable
freebsd-13-stable
freebsd-9.3-release
freebsd-current
fuchsia
haiku
haiku-buildtools
haiku-fatelf
haikuporter
haikuports
linux-master
macosx-10.10
macosx-10.10.1
macosx-10.5.8
macosx-10.9.5
netbsd-6-1-5-RELEASE
netbsd-current
netgear-R7000-V1.0.7.12_1.2.5
netgear-R7800-V1.0.2.28
netgear-WNDR4500-V1.0.1.40_1.0.68
netgear-WNDR4500v2-V1.0.0.60_1.0.38
openbsd-current
openjdk10
openjdk9
opensolaris-onvv-gate
openwrt
seL4-camkes-master
seL4-l4v-10.1.1
seL4-l4v-master
seL4-mcs-10.1.1
seL4-refos-master
seL4-test-master
u-boot
xnu-2422.115.4
xnu-2782.1.97